US Pat. No. 10,214,922

MULTI-STAGE SHOCK ABSORBING MODULAR FLOOR TILE APPARATUS

SnapSports Company, Salt...

1. A modular floor tile, comprising:a layer having a top surface and a bottom surface;
a plurality of rigid support members, the plurality of rigid support members extending downward from the bottom surface;
a resilient support member having a base portion, an inner portion, and a hollow interior, the resilient member being mounted to the layer, the inner portion extending farther downward relative to the top surface than the base portion when the resilient support member is in an undeformed condition;
wherein when a force is applied to the top surface, the inner portion deforms into the hollow interior while the base portion remains undeformed, and further application of the force causes the base portions to deform without further deforming the inner portion.

US Pat. No. 10,214,921

FLOOR PANEL

FLOORING INDUSTRIES LIMIT...

1. A floor panel comprising:a substrate; and
a top layer located above the substrate;
wherein the substrate is single-layered and includes PVC material having a density of more than 650 kilograms per cubic meter;
wherein the substrate has a thickness of 2 to 10 millimeters;
wherein the substrate forms at least half of the thickness of the floor panel;
wherein the top layer includes a printed synthetic film and a transparent or translucent thermoplastic layer located above the printed synthetic film;
wherein the transparent or translucent thermoplastic layer includes PVC material and a percentage of plasticizer of 5 to 75 percent by weight;
wherein the PVC material of the substrate is harder than the PVC material of the transparent or translucent thermoplastic layer;
wherein the floor panel is free of intermediate layers between the printed synthetic film and the substrate;
wherein the floor panel is rectangular and oblong and includes a pair of long edges and a pair of short edges;
wherein the floor panel includes first mechanical coupling parts at the pair of long edges and second mechanical coupling parts at the pair of short edges;
wherein the first mechanical coupling parts are arranged for horizontal and vertical locking of two of such floor panels using a turning movement along the respective long edges;
wherein the first mechanical coupling parts include a tongue and a groove;
wherein the tongue and the groove are substantially responsible for the vertical locking;
wherein the tongue and the groove include locking parts substantially responsible for the horizontal locking;
wherein the first mechanical coupling parts are substantially realized in the substrate;
wherein the second mechanical coupling parts comprise a male coupling part and a female coupling part arranged for horizontal and vertical locking of two of such floor panels using a downward movement along the respective short edges;
wherein the downward movement is automatically created by the turning movement along the respective long edges; and
wherein the second mechanical coupling parts are substantially realized in the substrate.

US Pat. No. 10,214,840

METHOD OF PRODUCING A SANDWICH PANEL CORE OF MINERAL WOOL FIBRES

1. A method of producing a sandwich panel core of mineral wool fibres from a cured mineral fibre product, said method comprising the steps of:providing a cured mineral fibre product with a dual density comprising a top layer comprising mineral fibres with a first density and a base layer comprising mineral fibres with a second density, said second density being at least two times lower than said first density, and said top layer and said base layer having different fibre orientations;
cutting said mineral fibre product into a plurality of lamellae;
rotating each of said lamellae 90 degrees; and
re-joining said lamellae so that said top layers with said first density are vertically oriented.

US Pat. No. 10,214,651

PIGMENT/FRIT MIXTURES

MERCK PATENT GMBH, Darms...

1. A pigment/frit mixture, comprising a mixture of a pearlescent pigment and a frit in the form of particles, wherein the proportion of pearlescent pigment in the mixture is 5-95% by weight and the frit comprises at least 5% by weight of Al2O3, based on the weight of the frit, wherein the pearlescent pigment is based on a flake substrate and the ratio of the thickness of the flake substrate to the size of the frit particles is from 0.01 to 0.2.

US Pat. No. 10,214,649

HIGH CONTENT POLYAMIDE HOT-APPLIED THERMOPLASTIC COMPOSITION

1. A hot-applied thermoplastic pavement marking composition comprising:a modified polyamide resin from about 3 to about 10 weight percent;
a rosin-modified ester;
a copolymer;
a glass bead intermix of at least 30 weight percent;
a colored pigment from about 1 to about 15 weight percent; and
at least one of a plasticizer, an inorganic filler, a wax, an antioxidant or a light stabilizer;
wherein the glass bead intermix comprises AASHTO Type 1 glass beads and one of AASHTO Type 3 glass beads or AASHTO Type 4 glass beads, and the glass beads impart retro-reflectivity from about 200 to about 2000 mcd/m2/1x.

US Pat. No. 10,214,648

BISAZO DYES AND MIXTURES THEREOF

ARCHROMA IP GMBH, Reinac...

1. A compound of formula (I)
wherein K1 and K2 are independently unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and
wherein substituents of the substituted aryl are selected from the group consisting of H, —SO3H, unsubstituted or substituted, linear or branched C1-6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted, linear or branched C1-6 alkoxy or SO2Y, wherein Y is —OH, —CH?CH2 or —CH2CH2—Z, wherein Z is a leaving group which can be eliminated by OH? ions.

US Pat. No. 10,214,647

ELECTROPHORETIC PARTICLES AND PROCESSES FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF

E Ink Corporation, Bille...

1. A process for treatment of pigment particles bearing nucleophilic groups on their surfaces, the process comprising treating the pigment particles with a reagent having an electrophilic group but not bearing a polymerizable or polymerization-initiating group under conditions such that a residue of the reagent is chemically bonded to the pigment particle, the treatment of the pigment particle with the reagent changing the zeta potential of the pigment particle,wherein the reagent is an alkyl or aralkyl halide.

US Pat. No. 10,214,646

WARM MIX PAVING COMPOSITION W/LUBRICATING ANTISTRIP ADDITIVE

A.L.M. Holding Company, ...

1. An asphalt paving composition comprising functionally dry, essentially water-free, non-foamed asphalt binder containing lubricating antistrip additive mixed with uncompacted aggregate to provide a warm mix paving composition of the aggregate adequately coated with the functionally dry, essentially water-free, non-foamed asphalt binder and lubricating antistrip additive, wherein the lubricating antistrip additive reduces the mixing and compaction temperature of the warm mix paving composition such that the paving composition is produced at and is at a temperature of 280° F. or lower and can be compacted at a temperature of 260° F. or lower, and if the warm mix paving composition also comprises a lubricating wax, then the lubricating wax is 0.5 weight percent or less of the asphalt binder weight.

US Pat. No. 10,214,645

POLYMER BLEND FOR CABLE JACKETS

Nexans, Courbevoie (FR)

1. A cable, said cable comprising:one or more conductors; and
a jacket,
wherein said jacket is made from a composition including a polymer blend of thermoplastic polyurethane (TPU), and Polyvinylbutyral (PVB), with the ratio of PVB to TPU being up to 49% PVB by weight of the total weight of the polymer blend, the remainder of the polymer blend being TPU.

US Pat. No. 10,214,637

TIRE RUBBER COMPOSITION AND PNEUMATIC TIRE

SUMITOMO RUBBER INDUSTRIE...

1. A rubber composition for tires, comprising a diene rubber A modified with an acrylamide compound represented by Formula (I):wherein R1 represents hydrogen or a methyl group; R2 and R3 each represent a C1 to C4 alkyl group; and n represents an integer of 3 to 5, anda diene rubber B provided with a silicon compound as a coupling agent, which is tetrachlorosilicon, tetrabromosilicon, methyltrichlorosilicon, butyltrichlorosilicon, dichlorosilicon, or bistrichlorosilylsilicon, and a modifying compound represented by Formula (III) or with a modifying compound represented by Formula (III):
wherein R4 to R6 are the same as one another, each representing a methyl, ethyl, propyl, or butyl group; R7 to R12 are the same as one another, each representing a methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or butoxy group; and p to r are the same as one another, each representing an integer of 3 to 5, wherein a polymer end of the diene rubber B is modified with the modifying compound represented by Formula (III), the combined modified diene rubbers A and B having a weight average molecular weight of 500,000 to 1,200,000,the blending ratio of the modified diene rubbers A and B (mass ratio of A/B) is 10/90 to 90/10,
the modified diene rubbers A and B each are a modified styrene butadiene rubber, and
the rubber composition further comprising silica having a CTAB specific surface area of 180 m2/g or more and a BET specific surface area of 185 m2/g or more.

US Pat. No. 10,214,634

ARTICLES FORMED WITH BIODEGRADABLE MATERIALS AND STRENGTH CHARACTERISTICS OF SAME

BIOLOGIQ, INC., Idaho Fa...

1. An article comprising:a starch-based polymeric material formed from a plasticizer and a mixture of starches including a first amount of a first starch and a second amount of a second starch; and
a polyolefin-based polymeric material;
wherein the article has a dart drop impact test value that is greater than: (i) a first dart drop impact test value of a first article including the polyolefin-based polymeric material and a first starch-based polymeric material formed from a single starch that is the first starch, and (ii) a second dart drop impact test value of a second article including the polyolefin-based polymeric material and a second starch-based polymeric material formed from a single starch that is the second starch.

US Pat. No. 10,214,633

TIRE WITH TREAD INTENDED FOR OFF-THE-ROAD SERVICE

1. A rubber composition comprised of, based on parts by weight per 100 parts by weight of elastomer (phr),(A) conjugated diene-based elastomers comprised of:
(1) about 80 to about 100 phr of natural cis 1,4-polyisoprene rubber, and
(2) up to about 20 phr of additional diene-based synthetic elastomer comprised of at least one of cis 1,4-polybutadiene rubber and styrene/butadiene rubber,
(B) about 20 to about 120 phr of rubber reinforcing filler comprised of a combination of pre-hydrophobated precipitated silica and rubber reinforcing carbon black, wherein said reinforcing filler is comprised of from about 5 to about 100 phr of rubber reinforcing carbon black, and wherein said pre-hydrophobated precipitated silica is comprised of a composite of precipitated silica pre-treated prior to addition to said rubber composition with bis(3-triethoxysillylpropyl) polysulfide having an average of from about 2 to about 4 connecting sulfur atoms in its polysulfidic bridge or with an alkoxyorganomercaptosilane, and
(C) from about 1 to about 50 phr of fatty acid amide, where said fatty acid amide is comprised of the general formula (I):

where R1 is comprised of an alkyl hydrocarbon radical containing from 12 to 36 carbon atoms, an alkenyl hydrocarbon radical containing from 12 to 36 carbon atoms or alkadiene hydrocarbon radical containing from 12 to 36 carbon atoms, and
wherein said styrene/butadiene rubber is at least one of:
(1) tin or silicon coupled styrene/butadiene/butadiene rubber and
(2) functionalized styrene/butadiene rubber containing functional groups reactive with hydroxyl groups contained on said pre-hydrophobated silica.

US Pat. No. 10,214,631

POLYMER COMPOSITION WITH IMPROVED LONG-TERM STABILITY, MOULDED PARTS PRODUCED HEREFROM AND ALSO PURPOSES OF USE

1. An ageing-resistant polymer composition with improved long-term stability, comprising, relative to the total composition,a) 82 to 99.7% by weight of at least one thermoplastic polymer or a blend of at least two thermoplastic polymers,
b) 0.2 to 11% by weight of carbon nanotubes,
c) 0.05 to 1.0% by weight of at least one antioxidant, selected from the group consisting of phenols, phosphites, phosphonites, amines, mixtures and combinations thereof,
d) 0.05 to 3% by weight of at least one mono- or polyfunctional epoxide compound and at least one metal deactivator,
wherein the mono- or polyfunctional epoxide compound comprises a group of the formula:

wherein R4 is the same or different at each occurrence and is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and linear or branched alkyl radicals with 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and l is 0 or 1, and
e) 0 to 3% by weight of at least one additive.

US Pat. No. 10,214,629

CLASS OF ANTIOXIDANT AGENTS FOR POLYMER PRODUCTS

BRIDGESTONE CORPORATION, ...

1. A rubber mixture comprising:at least one polymer base having a cross-linkable unsaturated chain,
a vulcanization system, and
one or more antioxidant agents;
wherein said one or more antioxidant agents are compounds according to formula (I):

wherein, in formula (I), the substituents R1, R2, R3, R4 and R10, which are equal to or different from one another, are selected from the group consisting of —H, —OH, and —(CH2)nCHCH2 with n as an integer number ranging from 1 to 10; provided that, among the substituents R1, R2, R3, R4 and R10, at least one is —OH and at least one is —(CH2)nCHCH2; and
the substituents R5, R6, R7, R8 and R9, which are equal to or different from one another, are selected from the group consisting of —H, —OH, and —(CH2)nCHCH2 with n as an integer number ranging from 1 to 10; provided that, among the substituents R5, R6, R7, R8 and R9, at least one is —OH and at least one is —(CH2)nCHCH2.

US Pat. No. 10,214,626

RENEWABLE CROSS-LINKER FOR INCREASED BIO-CONTENT FROM FRUCTOSE

International Business Ma...

1. A composition comprising a compound having the general structure:wherein:each R1 includes a hetero-organic functional group selected from the group consisting of (CO)OR2, (CO)OH, (CH2)OH, NCO, (NH)(CO)OR2, (NH)(CO)NR2, NH2, (CH2)xOR3SH, (CH2)xO(CO)R3(SH), (CH2)xO(CO)R3(CH)?CH2, (CH2)xOR3(CH)?CH2, and (CH2)xO(CO)R2, or linked variations thereof,
when R1 includes R2, then R2 is a functional group that has a reactive end group,
when R1 includes R3, then R3 is an organic or hetero-organic group, and
x is 1 to 10.

US Pat. No. 10,214,624

APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR EXPANDING THERMALLY EXPANDABLE THERMOPLASTIC MICROSPHERES TO EXPANDED THERMOPLASTIC MICROSPHERES

AKZO NOBEL CHEMICALS INTE...

1. An apparatus for expanding thermally expandable thermoplastic microspheres, the apparatus comprising:a heating zone being capable of withstanding a pressure of at least 4 bars, the heating zone having an inlet pipe and an outlet pipe,
a pump for feeding a slurry of thermally expandable thermoplastic microspheres into the heating zone and capable of generating a pressure of at least 4 bars in the heating zone;
a means for heating the slurry of thermally expandable thermoplastic microspheres in the heating zone to a temperature of at least 60° C. without direct contact of the slurry to any fluid heat transfer medium; and
a distribution pipe having an inlet and an outlet, wherein the outlet pipe is attached to the distribution pipe between the inlet and the outlet of the distribution pipe.

US Pat. No. 10,214,623

SUBSTRATE-INDEPENDENTLY SURFACE-COATED POLYMER BY AROMATIC-AMINE COMPOUND AND COATING METHOD THEREOF

Core Biosystems Inc., Re...

1. A substrate-independently surface-coated polymer by an aromatic amine compound characterized in that the surface of a polymer substrate is modified in such a way to react, using a surface modifier, an aromatic amine compound of the following structural formula on at least one surface of the polymer substrate having a nucleophilic functional group or an electrophilic functional group,
wherein R1 is any of H, NH2 and NH-acyl.

US Pat. No. 10,214,622

CATALYST SYSTEMS FOR OLEFIN POLYMERIZATION

Dow Global Technologies L...

1. A procatalyst comprising a metal-ligand complex of formula (I):where:M is titanium, zirconium, or hafnium, each independently being in a formal oxidation state of +2, +3, or +4; and n is an integer from 0 to 3, and wherein when n is 0, X is absent;
each X independently is a monodentate ligand that is neutral, monoanionic, or dianionic; or two Xs are taken together to form a bidentate ligand that is neutral, monoanionic, or dianionic; and X and n are chosen in such a way that the metal-ligand complex of formula (I) is, overall, neutral;
each Z is O;
L is (C3-C40)hydrocarbylene or (C3-C40)heterohydrocarbylene, wherein the (C3-C40)hydrocarbylene has a portion that comprises a 3-carbon atom to 10-carbon atom linker backbone linking the Z atoms in formula (I) and the (C3-C40)heterohydrocarbylene has a portion that comprises a 3-atom to 10-atom linker backbone linking the Z atoms in formula (I), wherein each of the 3 to 10 atoms of the 3-atom to 10-atom linker backbone of the (C3-C40)heterohydrocarbylene independently is a carbon atom or heteroatom, wherein each heteroatom independently is O, S, S(O), S(O)2, Si(Rc)2, Ge(Rc)2, P(RP), —N?, or N(Rn), wherein independently each RC is (C1-C30)hydrocarbyl, each RP is (C1-C30)hydrocarbyl; and each RN is (C1-C30)hydrocarbyl;
R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, R14 and R15 are independently selected from the group consisting of a (C1-C40)hydrocarbyl, (C1-C40)heterohydrocarbyl, Si(Rc)3, Ge(Rc)3, P(RP)2, N(RN)2, ORc, SRc, NO2, CN, CF3, RcS(O)—, RcS(O)2-, (Rc)2C=N—, RcC(O)O—, RcOC(O)—, RcC(O)N(R)—, (Rc)2NC(O)—, halogen atom, and hydrogen atom
when R8 is H, R9 is a (C1-C40)hydrocarbyl; (C1-C40)heterohydrocarbyl; Si(Rc)3, Ge(Rc)3, P(RP)2, N(RN)2, ORc, SRc, NO2, CN, CF3, RcS(O)—, RcS(O)2-, (Rc)2C?N—, RcC(O)O—, RcOC(O)—, RcC(O)N(R)—, (Rc)2NC(O)—or halogen atom; or
when R9 is H, R8 is a (C1-C40)hydrocarbyl; (C1-C40)heterohydrocarbyl; Si(Rc)3, Ge(Rc)3, P(RP)2, N(RN)2, ORc, SRc, NO2, CN, CF3, RcS(O)—, RcS(O)2-, (Rc)2C=N—, RcC(O)O—, RcOC(O)—, RcC(O)N(R)—, (Rc)2 NC(O)—or halogen atom; and
R1 and R16 are independently selected from radicals having formula (II)

 where each R22 and R19 is independently chosen from (C1-C20)alkyl, (C3-C40)cycloalkyl, (C6-C40)aryl, (C1-C40)heterohydrocarbyl, -Si(RC)3, -Ge(RC)3, -N(RN)2, -N?RC, -ORC;
optionally two or more of R2, R3, and R4, or two or more of R5, R6, R7, and R8, or two or more of R9, R10, R11, and R12, or two or more of R13, R14 and R15 can be covalently connect in ring structures, with such ring structures having from 3 to 50 atoms in the ring excluding any hydrogen atoms;
each of the aryl, heteroaryl, hydrocarbyl, heterohydrocarbyl, Si(RC)3, Ge(RC)3, P(RP)2, N(RN)2, ORC, SRC, RCS(O)—, RcS(O)2-, (RC)2C?N—, RCC(O)O—, RCOC(O)—, RCC(O)N(R)—, (RC)2NC(O)—, hydrocarbylene, and heterohydrocarbylene groups independently is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Rs substituents; and
each Rs independently is a halogen atom, unsubstituted (C1-C18)alkyl, F3C—, FCH2O—, F2HCO—, F3CO—, R3Si—, R3Ge—, RO—, RS—, RS(O)—, RS(O)2—, R2P—, R2N—, R2C?N—, NC—, RC(O)O—, ROC(O)—, RC(O)N(R)—, or R2NC(O)—, or two of the Rs are taken together to form an unsubstituted (C1-C18)alkylene, wherein each R independently is an unsubstituted (C1-C18)alkyl.

US Pat. No. 10,214,617

DISSOLVING TIRE RUBBER

ASPHALT SCIENCES, LLC., ...

1. A method for generating a dissolved rubber compound comprising:receiving an asphalt compound;
heating the asphalt compound to a first temperature between 320° F. and 420° F.;
adding a tire rubber compound to the asphalt compound;
mixing the asphalt compound and the tire rubber compound for approximately 5 minutes to 240 minutes;
generating the dissolved rubber compound by heating a mixture of the asphalt compound and the tire rubber to a second temperature between 575° F. and 700° F., wherein there is little or no oxidation of the asphalt compound and the dissolved rubber compound; and
cooling the dissolved rubber compound.

US Pat. No. 10,214,614

COPOLYMERIZATION OF ETHYLENE OXIDE AND CARBON DIOXIDE

Cornell University, Itha...

1. A method of synthesizing a poly(ethylene carbonate) polymer,wherein the polymer is made up of Y, and optionally Z, the percentage of Y is greater than the percentage of Z, and the polymer has greater than 95% of Y,

the method comprising reacting ethylene oxide and carbon dioxide in the presence of a metal complex, wherein the metal complex is of the formula:

wherein:
M is a metal selected from zinc, cobalt, chromium, aluminum, titanium, ruthenium or manganese;
X is absent or is a nucleophilic ligand;
each instance of R3 is, independently, selected from hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted heteroaliphatic, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
R7 and R9 are, independently, selected from hydrogen, halogen, —ORc, —OC(?O)Rc, —OC(?O)ORc, —OC(?O)N(Rd)2, —OSO2Rd, —C(?O)ORc, —C(?O)N(Rd)2, —CN, —CNO, —NCO, —N3, —NO2, —N(Rd)2, —N(Rd)C(?O)ORc, —N(Rd)C(?O)Rc, —N(Rd)SO2Rd, —SO2Rd, —SORd, —SO2N(Rd)2, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted heteroaliphatic, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, wherein each instance of Rc is, independently, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted heteroaliphatic, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and each instance of Rd is, independently, hydrogen, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted heteroaliphatic, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl;
wherein the A value of at least one of R7 and R9 is greater than the A-value of tert-butyl; and
Ring A forms an optionally substituted 5- to 6-membered ring.

US Pat. No. 10,214,610

POLYMER AND COMPOSITION CONTAINING SAME

DNF CO., LTD., Daejeon (...

1. A polymer represented by Chemical Formula 1 or 2 below:
wherein
A and B are each independently selected from (C6-C20)arylene and (C3-C20)heteroarylene;
C is

wherein R11, R12, and R13 are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy and (C1-C20)alkyl;
A and B may be further be independently substituted with hydroxy, halogen, (C1-C20)alkyl, (C1-C20)alkoxy, (C3-C20)cycloalkyl, (C6-C20)aryl and (C3-C20)heteroaryl;
p and q are independently selected integers from 0 to 5, wherein p+q>0;
r is an integer from 1 to 5; and
m and n are each an independent integer from 1 to 1000.

US Pat. No. 10,214,607

CELL ADHESION INHIBITOR

JSR CORPORATION, Tokyo (...

1. A surface-modified tool having, on at least a portion of a surface thereof, a polymer comprising a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1):
wherein R3 represents a copolymer unit obtained by copolymerization of an acrylate monomer with a styrene monomer and R4 represents a monovalent group represented by the following formula (5) which includes one or more hydroxyl groups attached to a sulfinyl group,

wherein k1 is an integer of 1 to 4; k2 is an integer of 0 to 4; and *** denotes the position of bonding to a sulfur atom in formula (1).

US Pat. No. 10,214,606

RANDOM COPOLYMERS AS SOIL RELEASE AGENTS IN LAUNDRY PROCESSES

BASF SE, (DE)

1. A random copolymer obtained by polymerization of(i) at least one monomer according to formula (I):

in an amount of 38.5 to 70 mol %,
wherein n is 3 to 23, and
(ii) at least one monomer according to formula (II):

in an amount of 30 to 61.5 mol %.

US Pat. No. 10,214,602

POLYMERIZATION PROCESS FOR PRODUCING ETHYLENE BASED POLYMERS

Dow Global Technologies L...

1. A polymerization process for producing ethylene based polymers comprising:polymerizing ethylene and optionally one or more ?-olefins in the presence of one or more first catalyst systems and optionally one or more second catalyst systems in a single reactor, wherein first catalyst system comprises;
(a) one or more procatalysts comprising a metal-ligand complex of formula (I):

wherein:
M is titanium, zirconium, or hafnium, each independently being in a formal oxidation state of +2, +3, or +4; and n is an integer of from 0 to 3, and wherein when n is 0, X is absent; and each X independently is a monodentate ligand that is neutral, monoanionic, or dianionic; or two Xs are taken together to form a bidentate ligand that is neutral, monoanionic, or dianionic; and X and n are chosen in such a way that the metal-ligand complex of formula (I) is, overall, neutral; and L is (C3-C40)hydrocarbylene or (C3-C40)heterohydrocarbylene; and
each R1a and each R1b is independently (C1-C40)hydrocarbyl; (C1-C40)heterohydrocarbyl; Si(RC)3, Ge(RC)3, P(RP)2, N(RN)2, ORC, SRC, NO2, CN, CF3, RCS(O)—, RCS(O)2—, (RC)2C?N—, RCC(O)O—, RCOC(O)—, RCC(O)N(R)—, (RC)2NC(O)—, halogen atom,
R3, R6, R8, R9, R11, and R14 are independently selected from the group consisting of a (C1-C40)hydrocarbyl, (C1-C40)heterohydrocarbyl, Si(RC)3, Ge(RC)3, P(RP)2, N(RN)2, ORC, SRC, NO2, CN, CF3, RCS(O)—, RCS(O)2—, (RC)2C?N—, RCC(O)O—, RCOC(O)—, RCC(O)N(R)—, (RC)2NC(O)—, halogen atom, hydrogen atom, and combinations thereof;
when R8 is H, R9 is a (C1-C40)hydrocarbyl; (C1-C40)heterohydrocarbyl; Si(RC)3, Ge(RC)3, P(RP)2, N(RN)2, ORC, SRC, NO2, CN, CF3, RCS(O)—, RCS(O)2—, (RC)2C?N—, RCC(O)O—, RCOC(O)—, RCC(O)N(R)—, (RC)2NC(O)— or halogen atom; or
when R9 is H, R8 is a (C1-C40)hydrocarbyl; (C1-C40)heterohydrocarbyl; Si(RC)3, Ge(RC)3, P(RP)2, N(RN)2, ORC, SRC, NO2, CN, CF3, RCS(O)—, RCS(O)2—, (RC)2C?N—, RCC(O)O—, RCOC(O)—, RCC(O)N(R)—, (RC)2NC(O)— or halogen atom; wherein each RC, each RN, and each RP is independently (C1-C30)hydrocarbyl, and
optionally two or more the R3, R6, R8, R9, R11, and R14 groups can combine together into ring structures, with such ring structures having from 3 to 50 atoms in the ring excluding any hydrogen atoms;
each of the hydrocarbyl, heterohydrocarbyl, Si(RC)3, Ge(RC)3, P(RP)2, N(RN)2, ORC, SRC, RCS(O)—, RCS(O)2—, (RC)2C?N—, RCC(O)O—, RCOC(O)—, RCC(O)N(R)—, (RC)2NC(O)—, hydrocarbylene, and heterohydrocarbylene groups independently is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more RS substituents;
each RS independently is a halogen atom, polyfluoro substitution, perfluoro substitution, unsubstituted (C1-C18)alkyl, F3C—, FCH2O—, F2HCO—, F3CO—, R3Si—, R3Ge—, RO—, RS—, RS(O)—, RS(O)2—, R2P—, R2N—, R2C?N—, NC—, RC(O)O—, ROC(O)—, RC(O)N(R)—, or R2NC(O)—, or two of the RS are taken together to form an unsubstituted (C1-C18)alkylene, wherein each R independently is an unsubstituted (C1-C18)alkyl; and
(b) one or more cocatalysts; wherein the ratio of total number of moles of the one or more metal-ligand complexes of formula (I) to total number of moles of the one or more cocatalysts is from 1:10,000 to 100:1.

US Pat. No. 10,214,600

AMORPHPUS PROPYLENE-ETHYLENE COPOLYMERS

Eastman Chemical Company,...

1. An adhesive comprising 5 to 95 weight percent of a copolymer that comprises propylene and ethylene, said copolymer exhibiting at least one of the following sets of characteristics:(a) wherein said copolymer comprises:
at least 10 weight percent of ethylene,
a softening point in the range of 100 to 145° C.,
a needle penetration of less than 75 dmm,
a crystallinity of less than 20 percent as measured using DSC according to ASTM E 794-85, and
a Brookfield viscosity at 190° C. of less than 30,000 cps as measured according to ASTM D3236;
(b) wherein said copolymer comprises:
at least 10 weight percent of ethylene,
a softening point in the range of 85 to 145° C.,
a needle penetration of less than 75 dmm, and
a crystallinity of less than 10 percent as measured using DSC according to ASTM E 794-85; or
(c) wherein said copolymer comprises:
at least 10 weight percent of ethylene,
a softening point in the range of 119 to 145° C.,
a needle penetration of less than 75 dmm, and
a Brookfield viscosity at 190° C. of less than 30,000 cps as measured according to ASTM D3236.

US Pat. No. 10,214,599

METHOD FOR THE CONTINUOUS PRODUCTION OF ANIONIC POLYMERS USING RADICALS

COATEX, Genay (FR)

1. A method for continuously preparing an anionic polymer by radical polymerization, the method comprising:introducing at least one monomer selected from the group consisting of acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, and a mixture thereof; water; at least one initiator; and optionally at least one chain transfer agent into a tubular reactor, thus forming a fluid stream in the tubular reactor,
carrying out a polymerization reaction in the tubular reactor, optionally with a heating means to initiate the polymerization reaction and with a residence time in the reactor of greater than 1 min,
subjecting the fluid stream during the polymerization reaction to an oscillatory movement,
and
obtaining the anionic polymer in solution in water at an outlet of the tubular reactor,
wherein
the at least one monomer is optionally partially neutralized,
a temperature of the water is greater than 20° C.,
a solids content of the water solution of the anionic polymer is between 20% and 60% by weight, relative to a total weight of the anionic polymer, and a molecular weight Mw of less than 10 000 g/mol,
the tubular reactor has a length LR of at least 5 m and comprises at least one tubular section of length LS and internal diameter D such that LS is at least 20 times larger than D,
each tubular section comprises, over an entire length, a plurality of stationary baffles having holes, opposing the fluid stream, in a form of washers having a diameter identical to the internal diameter D of the tubular section,
each tubular section is connected to a device, which subjects the fluid stream to an oscillatory movement,
an amplitude of the oscillatory movement is from 0.3×d2 to 4×d2, wherein d2 is the external diameter of the stationary baffles,
a frequency of the oscillatory movement is from 0.1 to 100 Hz,
and
the residence time in the tubular reactor, size of the holes in the baffles, spacing of the baffles, and oscillatory movement of the device provides at any point in the tubular reactor, a homogeneous fluid stream.

US Pat. No. 10,214,598

(METH)ACRYLATE COMPOUND, AND COPOLYMER AND HOMOPOLYMER COMPRISING REPEATING UNIT DERIVED FROM SAME

LG CHEM, LTD., Seoul (KR...

1. A (meth)acrylate compound represented by the following Chemical Formula 1:
in Chemical Formula 1,
at least one of R1 and R2 is hydrogen and a remainder is an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms,
L1 is —N(H)C(?O)N(H)—; or —N(H)C(?O)-L4-C(?O)N(H)—,
L2 to L4 are the same as or different from each other, and are each independently an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms unsubstituted or substituted by an alkyl group,
in the case where L2 and L3 are the same as or different from each other and are each independently an unsubstituted alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, one of R1 and R2 is an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms,
m and n are each 1 or 2,
when m is 2, two L2s are the same as or different from each other, and
when n is 2, two L3s are the same as or different from each other.

US Pat. No. 10,214,597

DUAL-CURE CATIONICALLY POLYMERISABLE COMPOSITION AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING A COATING OR A COMPOSITE MATERIAL IMPLEMENTING SAID COMPOSITION

A ET A MADER, Lille (FR)...

1. A kit for a polymerisable composition, said kit comprising:I. a first portion A constituted by a composition comprising at least one monomer a1 that is reactive towards a cationic species or a Lewis or Brönsted acid species, and at least one co-initiator b;
II. a second portion B comprising at least one cationic salt e selected from the salts with formula S1, S3, and S4 below;
in which X represents a carbon atom or a sulfur atom; Y represents one or more stabilizing anionic species for the cationic species of the salt S1, or S3, or S4; R1 to R6, independently of one another, are selected from the following atom or atoms or group or groups, alone or in combination: a hydrogen atom; a nitro group —NO2; a cyano group —CN; a halogen atom; a C1-C20 alkyl group, a C1-C20 alkyl group substituted with one or more group(s) or one or more atom(s) selected independently from list I comprising the following groups or atoms: hydroxyl; carbonyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, ether, ester, aldehyde, ketone, carboxylic acid, a halogen atom, primary amine, secondary amine, tertiary amine, primary amide, secondary amide, tertiary amide, urea, thioester, thiocarbonate, sulfoxide, sulfone, phosphine, phosphorane, phosphine oxide, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, or combinations thereof; a C1-C20 alkoxy group, a C1-C20 alkoxy group substituted with a C1-C20 alkyl group; a C1-C20 alkoxy group substituted with a C1-C20 alkyl group and one or more group(s) or one or more atom(s) selected equally well from list I; a C1-C20 alkoxy group substituted with one or more group(s) or one or more atom(s) selected equally well from list I, an aryl group; a heteroaryl group; a cycloalkyl group; a heterocycloalkyl group; an aryl group substituted with one or more group(s) independently selected from list I; an heteroaryl group substituted with one or more group(s) independently selected from list I; an heterocycloalkyl group substituted with one or more group(s) independently selected from list I; a cycloalkyl group substituted with one or more group(s) independently selected from list I; an acyl group; an aroyl group; an alkoxycarbonyl group; a carbamyl group.

US Pat. No. 10,214,594

WATER-SOLUBLE ESTERIFIED CELLULOSE ETHERS HAVING A LOW DEGREE OF NEUTRALIZATION

DOW GLOBAL TECHNOLOGIES L...

1. A hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose acetate succinate comprising acetyl groups and succinoyl groups, whereini) the degree of neutralization of the succinoyl groups is not more than 0.4,
ii) the total degree of ester substitution is from 0.10 to 0.70, and
iii) the hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose acetate succinate has a solubility in water of at least 2.0 weight percent at 2° C.

US Pat. No. 10,214,588

PROVIDING IMPROVED IMMUNOGLOBULIN SEQUENCES BY MUTATING CDR AND/OR FR POSITIONS

Ablynx N.V., Ghent-Zwijn...

1. Method for providing a library of nucleotide sequences that encode amino acid sequences that comprise or essentially consist of an immunoglobulin single variable domain that is a heavy chain variable domain and that forms a single functional antigen-binding unit, which method at least comprises the steps of:a) providing a pool of oligonucleotides that consists of (i) a series of at least two oligonucleotides that can be assembled, by means of PCR assembly, into a nucleotide sequence that encodes an amino acid sequence that comprises or essentially consists of an immunoglobulin single variable domain that is a heavy chain variable domain and that forms a single functional antigen-binding unit, and in addition (ii) at least one variant of at least one oligonucleotide of the at least two oligonucleotides that form part of the series, in which said at least one variant differs from said at least one oligonucleotide (and also from the other variants of said at least one oligonucleotide present in the pool, if any) in that it encodes an amino acid sequence that differs from the amino acid sequence encoded by said at least one oligonucleotide in the presence of one or more specific mutations;
b) subjecting the pool of oligonucleotides to PCR assembly; and
c) screening the library of nucleotide sequences obtained through steps a) and b) for nucleotide sequences that encode amino acid sequences that have one or more specific mutations,
or
testing one or more nucleotide sequences from the library of nucleotide sequences obtained through steps a) and b) as to whether they encode an amino acid sequence that has one or more specific mutations;wherein the oligonucleotides and the variants of said oligonucleotides used in step a) are such that each of the nucleotide sequences obtained as a result of the PCR assembly with a variant oligonucleotide in step b) encode an amino acid sequence that only contains one or more specific mutations in the amino acid residues at positions 27 to 35, 50 to 65 or 95 to 102 according to Kabat numbering that are generated following the rules described in i) or ii), wherein fori) the one or more specific mutations in the amino acid residues at positions 27 to 35, 50 to 65 or 95 to 102 according to Kabat numbering are generated by substituting the nucleotide sequences such that amino acid sequences with the following predetermined amino acid residue(s) are generated:
if the nucleotide sequence encodes K, substitute the nucleotide sequence such that an amino acid sequence with R is generated;
if the nucleotide sequence encodes R, substitute the nucleotide sequence such that an amino acid sequence with K is generated;
if the nucleotide sequence encodes A, substitute the nucleotide sequence such that an amino acid sequence with S or T or both is generated,
if the nucleotide sequence encodes S, substitute the nucleotide sequence such that an amino acid sequence with A or T or both is generated,
if the nucleotide sequence encodes T, substitute the nucleotide sequence such that an amino acid sequence with A or S or both is generated,
if the nucleotide sequence encodes I, substitute the nucleotide sequence such that an amino acid sequence with L or V or both is generated;
if the nucleotide sequence encodes L, substitute the nucleotide sequence such that an amino acid sequence with I or V or both is generated;
if the nucleotide sequence encodes V, substitute the nucleotide sequence such that an amino acid sequence with I or L or both is generated;
if the nucleotide sequence encodes F, substitute the nucleotide sequence such that an amino acid sequence with Y is generated;
if the nucleotide sequence encodes Y, substitute the nucleotide sequence such that an amino acid sequence with F is generated;
if the nucleotide sequence encodes N, substitute the nucleotide sequence such that an amino acid sequence with D is generated;
if the nucleotide sequence encodes D, substitute the nucleotide sequence such that an amino acid sequence with N is generated;
if the nucleotide sequence encodes Q, substitute the nucleotide sequence such that an amino acid sequence with E is generated;
if the nucleotide sequence encodes E, substitute the nucleotide sequence such that an amino acid sequence with Q is generated;
if the nucleotide sequence encodes G, substitute the nucleotide sequence such that an amino acid sequence with A is generated; or
if the nucleotide sequence encodes M, substitute the nucleotide sequence such that an amino acid sequence with L is generated; and wherein for
ii) the one or more specific mutations at positions 95 to 102 according to Kabat numbering are generated using the rules as above in i) and the one or more specific mutations at positions 27 to 35 or 50 to 65 according to Kabat numbering are generated by substituting the nucleotide sequences such that amino acid sequences with the following predetermined amino acid residue are generated:
any of F, G, R, and S in position 27;
any of A, I, S, and T in position 28;
any of F, G, L, and S in position 29;
any of D, G, S, and T in position 30;
any of D, I, N, S, and T in position 31;
any of D, N, and Y in position 32;
any of A, G, T, and V in position 33;
any of I, and M in position 34;
any of A, G, and S in position 35;
if amino acid sequence has an amino acid residue in position 52a in CDR2,
any of A, C, G, S, and T in position 50;
I in position 51;
any of N, R, S, and T in position 52;
any of R, S, T, and W in position 52a;
any of D, G, N, S, and T in position 53;
any of D, and G in position 54;
any of D, G, and S in position 55;
any of I, N, R, S, and T in position 56;
T in position 57;
any of D, H, N, S, and Y in position 58; or
if amino acid sequence has no amino acid residue in position 52a in CDR2,
any of A, G, R, S, and T in position 50;
I in position 51;
any of N, S, and T in position 52;
any of N, R, S, T, and Y in position 53;
any of D, G, R, and S in position 54;
any of G in position 55;
any of G, N, R, S, and T in position 56;
T in position 57;
any position of D, N, T, and Y in position 58.

US Pat. No. 10,214,571

PRODUCT MADE OF SILK

MorphoMed GmBH, Vienna (...

1. Method for the production of three-dimensional silk, wherein a three-dimensional silk product is treated with a silk solvent for a limited period of time so that a partial disintegration of the three-dimensional silk product is obtained whereafter the partially disintegrated silk product is re-stabilised with physical ?-sheet induction, by treatment with a re-stabilising solution, wherein the re-stabilising solution is formic acid and wherein the silk solvent comprises LiBr, LiSCN, 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazoliumacetate hexafluoro-2-propanol (HFIP), a mixture comprising ethanol and CaCl2, or a mixture comprising methanol and calcium nitrate; or mixtures thereof.

US Pat. No. 10,214,563

ANGIOTENSIN TYPE 2 (AT2) RECEPTOR AGONISTS AND USES THEREOF

LANTHIOPEP B.V., Groning...

1. A cyclic peptide compound consisting of the amino acid sequence Xaa1-Asp-Arg-Ile/Val-Xaa5-Ile/Val-His-Xaa8 comprising a thioether-bridge linkage between the side chains of Xaa5 and Xaa8 such that Xaa5 and Xaa8 together form a structure according to one of the general formula:
wherein R, R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 are independently selected from the group consisting of —H and a C1-C10 alkyl or aralkyl group,
and wherein Xaa1 is selected from the group consisting of charged amino acids, aromatic amino acids and hydrophobic amino acids and protease-resistant variants thereof selected from D-stereoisomer or cyclized residue,
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

US Pat. No. 10,214,561

PEPTIDE HAVING ACTIVITY OF INHIBITING PRODUCTION OF TOXIN BY BACTERIUM BELONGING TO GENUS CLOSTRIDIUM

MIYARISAN PHARMACEUTICAL ...

1. A peptide represented by the following Formula (1):
in Formula (1), R1 is selected from the group consisting of an amino acid, ornithine, sarcosine, desmosine, isodesmosine, hydroxylysine, 3-hydroxyproline, 4-hydroxyproline, 2-aminoadipic acid, 3-aminoadipic acid, ?-alanine, ?-aminopropionic acid, 2-aminobutyric acid, 4-aminobutyric acid, 6-aminocapronic acid, 2-aminoheptanoic acid, 2-aminoisobutyric acid, and 3-aminoisobutyric acid, substituted or unsubstituted acyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted benzyloxycarbonyl group, substituted or unsubstituted 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl group or substituted or unsubstituted phenylisothiocyanate group, and X1, X2, X3 and X4 are represented by any one of (1-1) to (1-4):
(1-1) X1 is Ala, Gly, Trp, Phe, Val, Leu, Ile, or Tyr; X2 is Phe, Trp or Tyr; X3 is Ala;
and X4 is His, Ala, Thr or Ser, with the proviso that, when X2 is Phe, X4 is Thr, and when X4 is Ala, X1 is Ala;
(1-2) X1 is Ala, X2 is Trp, X3 is Phe, and X4 is Ala;
(1-3) X1 is Leu, X2 is Trp, X3 is Phe, and X4 is Ser; and
(1-4) X1 is Leu, X2 is Phe, X3 is Trp, and X4 is Thr.

US Pat. No. 10,214,560

BRANCHED LINKER FOR PROTEIN DRUG CONJUGATES

LONZA LTD, Visp (CH) Lon...

1. A compound of formula (VI):
wherein
AA1 represents one alpha amino acid residue in which a carboxyl terminal thereof forms the shown amide bond to NH;

the alpha amino acid residue, AA1, having an alpha amino group denoted by structure (3);
R1 and R2 are identical or different and independently from each other selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and PGN;
PGN is a protecting group selected from the group consisting of Boc, Fmoc and benzyloxycarbonyl; and
AA1 is a residue of an amino aid selected from the group consisting of alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, methionine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, lysine, lysine with side chain amino group protected with acetyl or formyl groups, arginine, histidine, ornithine, ornithine with side chain amino group protected with acetyl or formyl groups, and citrulline.

US Pat. No. 10,214,558

NATURAL AND SYNTHETIC COMPOUNDS FOR TREATING CANCER AND OTHER DISEASES

1. A compound having the structure:wherein R10 is selected from the group of CH2O-angeloyl, CH2O-tigloyl, CH2O-senecioyl, CH2O-crotonoyl, CH2O-3,3-Dimethylacryloyl, CH2O-cinnamoyl, CH2O-pentenoyl, CH2O-hexanoyl, CH2O-benzoyl, and CH2O-Ethylbutyryl; wherein R1, R2, R4, R5, and R8 are independently selected from the group of CH2OH , hydroxyl, O-angeloyl, O-tigloyl, O-senecioyl, O-acetyl, O-crotonoyl, O-3,3-Dimethylacryloyl, O-cinnamoyl, O-pentenoyl, O-hexanoyl, O-benzoyl, O-ethylbutyryl, CH2O-angeloyl, CH2O-tigloyl, CH2O-senecioyl, CH2O-acetyl, CH2O-crotonoyl, CH2O-3,3-Dimethylacryloyl, CH2O-cinnamoyl, CH2O-pentenoyl, CH2O-hexanoyl, CH2O-benzoyl, and CH2O-ethylbutyryl; wherein R3 is OH or H; wherein R9, R11, R12, R13, R14, and R15 are CH3.

US Pat. No. 10,214,557

COMPOUNDS AND METHODS OF MAKING STEROLS USING DIOLS

Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc., ...

1. A method of making an oxysterol, the method comprising reacting a diol having the formula:
with a borane compound to form the oxysterol or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof having the formula:

wherein R1 is a straight chain alkyl, and R2 is a straight chain alkyl, and the oxysterol is anhydrous.

US Pat. No. 10,214,554

PROCESS FOR MAKING CHLORO-SUBSTITUTED NUCLEOSIDE PHOSPHORAMIDATE COMPOUNDS

1. A process for making a compound of formula (i):wherein said process comprises the steps:(A) contacting a compound of Formula (B):
with pivaloyl chloride, in the presence of a base in an optional organic solvent A, for a time and at a temperature sufficient to provide a mixture of a compound of Formula (C) and a compound of formula (D):wherein P is pivaloyl and optional organic solvent A is selected from acetonitrile, toluene, dichloromethane, tetrahydrofuran, 2-methyltetrahydrofuran, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, N,N-dimethylformamide, pyridine, N,N-dimethylacetamide and N-methylpyrrolidone, and mixtures thereof;(B) contacting the mixture of the compound of formula (C) and the compound of formula (D) with an oxidizing agent in an organic solvent B, in the presence of an optional pH modifier, for a time and at a temperature sufficient to provide a compound of Formula (E):
wherein P is pivaloyl and organic solvent B is selected from acetone, toluene, benzene, xylenes, cumene, cyclohexane, heptane, methylcyclohexane, dichloroethane, chlorobenzene, THF, anisole, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, CPME, dichloromethane and mixtures thereof;(C) contacting the compound of Formula (E) with a compound of formula CH3MgX in the presence of a salt of formula R50Cl2 or (CH3)2AlX in an organic solvent C, for a time and at a temperature sufficient to provide a compound of Formula (F):
wherein P is pivaloyl; R50 is Mn or Zn; X is Br, Cl or I; and organic solvent C is selected from THF, 2-methyl THF, diethyl ether, dibutylether, cyclopentyl methyl ether, toluene, dimethoxyethane, anisole, xylenes and mixtures thereof;(D) contacting the compound of Formula (F) with a dehydrating agent, in the presence or absence of catalytic TMSCl or catalytic HCl or elemental sulfur, in an organic solvent D for a time and at a temperature sufficient to form a compound of formula (G):
wherein P is a pivaloyl group and organic solvent D is selected from toluene, benzene, xylenes, cumene, cyclohexane, heptane, methylcyclohexane, dichloroethane, chlorobenzene, THF, anisole, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, CPME and mixtures thereof;(E) contacting the compound of formula (G) with a base in an organic solvent E for a time and at a temperature sufficient to provide a compound of Formula (A):
wherein organic solvent E is selected from organic alcohol solvents, toluene, benzene, xylenes, cumene, cyclohexane, heptane, methylcyclohexane, dichloroethane, chlorobenzene, DME, THF, anisole, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, CPME, and mixtures thereof; and(F) contacting the compound of formula (A) with HCl or a compound of formula R(4-n)SiCln in an organic solvent E for a time and at a temperature sufficient to provide a compound of Formula (i), wherein R is C1-C6 alkyl or phenyl, and n is 1, 2 or 3.

US Pat. No. 10,214,551

ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT MATERIALS AND DEVICES

UNIVERSAL DISPLAY CORPORA...

1. A compound having the formula:
wherein G has the structure:

and wherein G is fused to any two adjacent carbon atoms on ring A;
wherein ring B, ring C, and ring D are 5- or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic rings;
wherein at least one of ring B and ring C is a 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic ring;
wherein L1, L2, and L3 are independently selected from the group consisting of a single bond, BR, NR, PR, O, S, Se, C?O, S?O, SO2, CRR?, SiRR?, and GeRR?;
wherein at least one of L1, L2, and L3 is not a single bond;
wherein X is selected from the group consisting of BR, NR, PR, O, S, Se, C?O, S?O, SO2, CRR?, SiRR?, and GeRR?;
wherein Z1, Z2, Z3, and Z4 are nitrogen or carbon atoms;
wherein A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, A7, and A8 comprise carbon or nitrogen;
wherein two adjacent atoms of A1, A2, A3, A4 are carbon atoms to which G is attached;
wherein R1, R2, R3, and R4 independently represent mono-, di-, tri-, or tetra-substitution;
wherein R1 is optionally fused, R2 is optionally fused to ring B, R3 is optionally fused to ring C, and R4 is optionally fused to ring D;
wherein R3 and R4 are optionally linked to form a ring;
wherein if L2 is not a single bond, R3 and L2 or R4 and L2 are optionally linked to form a ring;
wherein R, R?, R1, R2, R3, and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, halide, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, arylalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, amino, silyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, heteroalkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, acyl, carbonyl, carboxylic acids, ester, nitrile, isonitrile, sulfanyl, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, phosphino, and combinations thereof; and
wherein at least one of the following is true:
(i) at least one of ring B and ring C comprises a carbene ligand coordinated to Pt;
(ii) Z2 and Z4 are nitrogen atoms; and
(iii) Z2 is a nitrogen atom and Z3 is a carbon atom.

US Pat. No. 10,214,550

BISPHOSPHITES HAVING AN UNSYMMETRIC OUTER BIPHENOL UNIT

Evonik Degussa GmbH, Ess...

1. A compound of formula (I):
wherein:
R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8 are each independently selected from the group consisting of —H, —(C1-C12)-alkyl, —O—(C1-C12)-alkyl, —O—(C6-C20)-aryl, —(C6-C20)-aryl, —S-alkyl, —S-aryl, halogen, COO—(C1-C12)-alkyl, CONH—(C1-C12)-alkyl, —CO—(C1-C12)-alkyl, —CO—(C6-C20)-aryl, —COOH, —OH, —SO3H, —CN, —NH2, and —N[(C1-C12)-alkyl]2;
R1?, R2?, R3?, R4?, R5?, R6?, R7?, R8?, R1?, R2?, R3?, R4?, R5?, R6?, R7?, R8? are each independently selected from the group consisting of —H, —(C1-C12)-alkyl, —O—(C1-C12)-alkyl, —O—(C6-C20)-aryl, —(C6-C20)-aryl, —S-alkyl, —S-aryl, halogen, COO—(C1-C12)-alkyl, CONH—(C1-C12)-alkyl, —CO—(C1-C12)-alkyl, —CO—(C6-C20)-aryl, —COOH, —OH, —SO3H, —NH2, and —N[(C1-C12)-alkyl]2; wherein
the alkyl and aryl groups may be substituted;
R1? and R8? are not the same radical; and
R1? and R8? are not the same radical.

US Pat. No. 10,214,549

FURAN-CONTAINING FLAME RETARDANT MOLECULES

International Business Ma...

1. A flame retardant molecule having the following chemical structure:
wherein X corresponds to a 2-methylfuran group, an alkyl group, or a phenyl group.

US Pat. No. 10,214,546

BTK INHIBITORS

1. A compound according to Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, thereof
wherein:
L is selected from the group consisting of:

R1 is H, cyano, halogen, (1-4C)alkyl, (3-6C)cycloalkyl, (1-3C)alkoxy, (3-6C)cycloalkoxy, morpholino, aryl or imidazolyl,
wherein (1-4C)alkyl or (1-3C)alkoxy may optionally be substituted with one, two or three halogens;
R2 is selected from H, (1-3C)alkyl, (1-3C)alkoxy, cyclopropyl, aminocarbonyl,
wherein the (1-3C)alkyl or (1-3C)alkoxy may optionally be substituted with hydroxyl or one, two or three halogen;
R2a is hydrogen or methyl;
R3a, R3b, R3c and R3d are each independently selected from H, halogen, (1-3C)alkyl, (1-6C)alkoxy, and (3-6C)cycloalkyl, wherein (1-3C)alkyl may be substituted with hydroxyl or one, two or three halogen;
R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
a) H,
b) halogen, and
c) haloalkyl;
wherein in ring system J-K:
Q is C?O or CH2;
T is C(Re)2, O, NRe, or a bond;
U is C(Rd)2, O, or NRd;
V is CH2 or O;
Rc is independently selected from H, fluoro, methyl or trifluoromethyl,
or two Rc groups can join to form a spirofused cyclopropyl group with the carbon atom to which they are attached;
Rd is independently selected from H, (1-3C)alkyl or trifluoromethyl;
Re is independently selected from H or (1-6C)alkyl,
or two Re groups can join to form a spirofused cyclopropyl group with the carbon atom to which they are attached;
when T is a bond, Q is C?O and U is C(Rd)2,
Rc and Rd can join to form a 3-6 membered ring with the carbons to which they are attached; and
with the proviso that:
when Q is CH2, then T is C(Re)2.

US Pat. No. 10,214,545

AMIDO-SUBSTITUTED IMIDAZOPYRIDAZINES USEFUL IN THE TREATMENT OF HYPER-PROLIFERATIVE AND/OR ANGIOGENESIS DISORDERS

BAYER PHARMA AKTIENGESELL...

1. A compound of formula (I):
in which:
represents a group selected from:group;wherein * indicates the point of attachment of said group with the rest of the molecule; and
represents a group selected from: R1-C?C—*, R1-CH?CH—*, R1-CH2—CH2—*, or
group;wherein * indicates the point of attachment of said group with the rest of the molecule; and
R1 represents a linear C1-C6-alkyl-, a branched C3-C6-alkyl-, or a C3-C6-cycloalkyl group which is optionally substituted, one or more times, independently from each other, with a substituent selected from:
a halogen atom, a —CN, C1-C6-alkyl-, C1-C6-haloalkyl-, C2-C6-alkenyl-, C2-C6-alkynyl-, C3-C10-cycloalkyl-, aryl- optionally substituted one or more times, independently from each other, with an R substituent; —C(?O)NH2, —C(?O)N(H)R?, —C(?O)N(R?)R?, C(?O)OH, —C(?O)OR?, —NH2, —NHR?, —N(R?)R?, —N(H)C(?O)R?, —N(R?)C(?O)R?, —N(H)S(?O)R?, —N(R?)S(?O)R?, —N(H)S(?O)2R?, —N(R?)S(?O)2R?, —N?S(?O)(R?)R?, —OH, C1-C6-alkoxy-, C1-C6-haloalkoxy-, —OC(?O)R?, —OC(?O)NH2, —OC(?O)NHR?, —OC(?O)N(R?)R?, —SH, C1-C6-alkyl-S—, —S(?O)R?, —S(?O)2R?, —S(?O)2NH2, —S(?O)2NHR?, —S(?O)2N(R?)R? group;
R2 represents a hydrogen atom;
R3 represents a substituent selected from:
a halogen atom, a —CN, C1-C6-alkyl-, C1-C6-haloalkyl-, C2-C6-alkenyl-, C2-C6-alkynyl-, —C(?O)R?, —C(?O)NH2, —C(?O)N(H)R?, —C(?O)N(R?)R?, —NH2, —NHR?, —N(R?)R?, —N(H)C(?O)R?, —N(R?)C(?O)R?, —N(H)C(?O)NH2, —N(H)C(?O)NHR?, —N(H)C(?O)N(R?)R?, —N(R?)C(?O)NH2, —N(R?)C(?O)NHR?, —N(R?)C(?O)N(R?)R?, —N(H)C(?O)OR?, —N(R?)C(?O)OR?, —NO2, —N(H)S(?O)R?, —N(R?)S(?O)R?, —N(H)S(?O)2R?, —N(R?)S(?O)2R?, —N?S(?O)(R?)R?, —OH, C1-C6-alkoxy-, C3-C6-cycloalkyl-C1-C6-alkoxy-, C1-C6-haloalkoxy-, —OC(?O)R?, —SH, C1-C6-alkyl-S—, —S(?O)R?, —S(?O)2R?, —S(?O)2NH2, —S(?O)2NHR?, —S(?O)2N(R?)R?, —S(?O)(?NR?)R? group; or a 4- to 7-membered nitrogen atom containing heterocycloalkyl group which is optionally substituted one or more times, independently from each other with a C1-C6-alkyl- group, said heterocycloalkyl group being attached to the rest of the molecule via a nitrogen ring atom of the heterocycloalkyl group; and said 6- to 10-membered cyclic amine group optionally containing one further heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, N and S;
R4 represents a substituent selected from:
a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a —CN, C1-C6-alkyl-, C1-C6-haloalkyl-, C2-C6-alkenyl-, C2-C6-alkynyl-, C3-C10-cycloalkyl-, 4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl-, aryl- optionally substituted one or more times, independently from each other, with an R substituent; heteroaryl- optionally substituted one or more times, independently from each other, with an R substituent; —C(?O)NH2, —C(?O)N(H)R?, —C(?O)N(R?)R?, —C(?O)OR?, —NH2, —NHR?, —N(R?)R?, —N(H)C(?O)R?, —N(R?)C(?O)R?, —N(H)C(?O)NH2, —N(H)C(?O)NHR?, —N(H)C(?O)N(R?)R?, —N(R?)C(?O)NH2, —N(R?)C(?O)NHR?, —N(R?)C(?O)N(R?)R?, —N(H)C(?O)OR?, —N(R?)C(?O)OR?, —NO2, —N(H)S(?O)R?, —N(R?)S(?O)R?, —N(H)S(?O)2R?, —N(R?)S(?O)2R?, —N?S(?O)(R?)R?, —OH, C1-C6-alkoxy-, C1-C6-haloalkoxy-, —OC(?O)R?, —OC(?O)NH2, —OC(?O)NHR?, —OC(?O)N(R?)R?, —SH, C1-C6-alkyl-S—, —S(?O)R?, —S(?O)2R?, —S(?O)2NH2, —S(?O)2NHR?, —S(?O)2N(R?)R?, —S(?O)(?NR?)R? group;
R5 represents a substituent selected from a hydrogen atom or C1-C6-alkyl-;
or:
R1 and R5 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group, which is optionally substituted one or more times, independently from each other with a substituent selected from:
a halogen atom, a —CN, C1-C6-alkyl-, C1-C6-haloalkyl-, C2-C6-alkenyl-, C2-C6-alkynyl-, C3-C10-cycloalkyl-, aryl- optionally substituted one or more times, independently from each other, with an R substituent; heteroaryl-optionally substituted one or more times, independently from each other, with an R substituent; —C(?O)NH2, —C(?O)N(H)R?, —C(?O)N(R?)R?, —C(?O)OH, —C(?O)OR?, —NH2, —NHR?, —N(R?)R?, —N(H)C(?O)R?, —N(R?)C(?O)R?, —N(H)S(?O)R?, —N(R?)S(?O)R?, —N(H)S(?O)2R?, —N(R?)S(?O)2R?, —N?S(?O)(R?)R?, —OH, C1-C6-alkoxy-, C1-C6-haloalkoxy-, —OC(?O)R?, —OC(?O)NH2, —OC(?O)NHR?, —OC(?O)N(R?)R?, —SH, C1-C6-alkyl-S—, —S(?O)R?, —S(?O)2R?, —S(?O)2NH2, —S(?O)2NHR?, —S(?O)2N(R?)R? group;
said 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group optionally containing one further heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, N and S;
R represents a substituent selected from:
a halogen atom, a —CN, C1-C6-alkyl-, C1-C6-haloalkyl-, C2-C6-alkenyl-, C2-C6-alkynyl-, C3-C10-cycloalkyl-, 4- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl-, aryl-, heteroaryl-, —C(?O)R?, —C(?O)NH2, —C(?O)N(H)R?, —C(?O)N(R?)R?, —C(?O)OR?, —NH2, —NHR?, —N(R?)R?, —N(H)C(?O)R?, —N(R?)C(?O)R?, —N(H)C(?O)NH2, —N(H)C(?O)NHR?, —N(H)C(?O)N(R?)R?, —N(R?)C(?O)NH2, —N(R?)C(?O)NHR?, —N(R?)C(?O)N(R?)R?, —N(H)C(?O)OR?, —N(R?)C(?O)OR?, —NO2, —N(H)S(?O)R?, —N(R?)S(?O)R?, —N(H)S(?O)2R?, —N(R?)S(?O)2R?, —N?S(?O)(R?)R?, —OH, C1-C6-alkoxy-, C1-C6-haloalkoxy-, —OC(?O)R?, —OC(?O)NH2, —OC(?O)NHR?, —OC(?O)N(R?)R?, —SH, C1-C6-alkyl-S—, —S(?O)R?, —S(?O)2R?, —S(?O)2NH2, —S(?O)2NHR?, —S(?O)2N(R?)R?, —S(?O)(?NR?)R? group;
R? and R? represent, independently from each other, a substituent selected from:
a C1-C6-alkyl-, C3-C10-cycloalkyl-, C1-C6-haloalkyl-, C1-C3-alkoxy-C2-C6-alkyl- group;
n represents an integer of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 when
represents a:group;or
n represents an integer of 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 when
represents a group selected from:group;or a stereoisomer, a tautomer, an N-oxide, or a salt thereof, or a mixture of same.

US Pat. No. 10,214,544

IMIDAZOPYRIDAZINE AND IMIDAZOTHIADIAZOLE COMPOUNDS

Universite De Montreal, ...

1. A compound of Formula I:or a stereoisomer, tautomer, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:the dashed line represents an optional double-bond with the proviso that only one of the two dashed line double bonds exists at the same time;
X1 is O and X2 is CR1a or N; or
X1 is N and X2 is O; or
X1 is N or CR1a, and X2 is S; or
X1 is N and X2 is NR8; or
X1 is NR8 and X2 is N; or
X1 is NR8 and X2 is CR1a; or
X1 is CR1a and X2 is NR8;
Y is S or —CR2a?CR2a—;
X3, X4 and X5 are independently selected from C(R9) or N;
W is O or S;
R1 is —N(R6)—C(O)—R7or —N(R6)—S(O)2—R7;

 is selected from the group consisting of a phenyl ring, or a 6-membered heteroaryl ring containing at least one nitrogen atom,or alternately the moietyis selected from
R1a is selected from the group consisting of H, halo, cyano, C1-C4 alkyl, C3-C5 cycloalkyl and C1-C4 alkoxy;
R2 is H, halo, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy, CN or C3-C7 cycloalkyl;
R2a is independently at each occurrence selected from the group consisting of H, halo, CN, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-3 haloalkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy, and C1-C3 haloalkoxy;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylthio, C1-C2 haloalkyl, C1-C2 haloalkoxy, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C2-C3 alkenyl, C2-C3 alkynyl and halo;
R4 and R5 are independently selected from H, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C4 fluoroalkyl, and C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, or R4 and R5 can be taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a C3-C7 cycloalkyl ring;
R6 is selected from H, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C3haloalkyl, or C1-C3hydroxyalkyl; and
R7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C2-C6 alkyl, C6-C10 aryl, C1-C7 alkoxy, 5-7 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-3 hetero atoms independently selected from N, O or S, C3-7 cycloalkyl, and 6-10 membered heteroaryl, wherein each of said alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocylic and heteroaryl group is independently unsubstituted or substituted with 1-3 moieties which can be the same or different and being independently selected from the group consisting of halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, alkyloxycarbonyl, alkylcarboxy, aryloxycarbonyl, arylcarboxy, nitro, cyano, OH, NH2, NH(alkyl), N(alkyl)2, CONR10R11, SONR10R11, NR10SO2R11, NR10COR11, NR10CONR10R11COOH, COOR10, oxo and methylenedioxy, wherein R10 and R11 are the same or different and are H or C1-4 alkyl or R10 and R11 can be taken together with the N to which they are attached to form a 4-7 membered heterocycle ring;
or R6 and R7 may be taken together to form a monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclic ring with 0-2 additional heteroatoms selected independently from N, O, or S, wherein each of said monocyclic or bicyclic heterocylic ring can be independently unsubstituted or substituted with 1-3 moieties which can be the same or different and being independently selected from the group consisting of halo, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, arylalkyoxy, alkyloxycarbonyl, alkylcarboxy, aryloxycarbonyl, arylcarboxy, nitro, cyano, OH, NH2, NH(alkyl), N(alkyl)2, CONR12R13, SONR12R13, NR12SO2R13, NR12COR13, NR12CONR12R13, COOH, COOR12, oxo and methylenedioxy, wherein R12 and R13 are the same or different and are H or C1-4 alkyl, or R12 and R13 can be taken together with the N to which they are attached to form a 4-7 membered heterocycle ring,
R8 is H or C1-C4 alkyl; and
R9 is selected from the group consisting of H, halo, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, - C1-C6 alkoxy and C1C3 haloalkoxy;
with the proviso that when Y is S and A is

 then R7 is not pyridizin-4-yl.

US Pat. No. 10,214,543

SYNTHESIS OF CEPHALOSPORIN COMPOUNDS

1. A process of making a compound of formula (V?):
comprising admixing a compound of formula (III?):

and a compound of formula (IV?):

in a solvent to provide the compound of formula (V?),
wherein:
P1 and P2 are each independently an acid-labile nitrogen protecting group,
P3 and P4 are each independently an acid-labile oxygen protecting group,
X? is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt,
Y is Cl or Br;
the molar ratio of the compound of formula (IV?) to the compound of formula (III?) is from 1.0:1 to 1.3:1; and
the solvent is purged with nitrogen at from 0.2 m3/h to 1.2 m3/h per kilogram of the compound of formula (III?).

US Pat. No. 10,214,542

MODIFIED MACROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS

BAYER PHARMA AKTIENGESELL...

1. A compound of formula (I)
wherein:
A is a bivalent moiety selected from the group consisting of —S—, —S(?O)—, —S(?O)2—, and —S(?O)(?NR5)—;
G and E are independently a bivalent moiety selected from the group consisting of —O—, —N(RA)—, —CH2—, —CH(C1-C6-alkyl)-, —C(C1-C6-alkyl)2-, —S—, —S(?O)—, and —S(?O)2—,
with the proviso that at least one of said bivalent moieties G and E is different from —O—;
L is a C2-C8-alkylene moiety,
wherein said moiety is optionally substituted with
(i) one substituent selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, —NR6R7, C2-C3-alkenyl-, C2-C3-alkynyl-, C3-C4-cycloalkyl-, hydroxy-C1-C3-alkyl, and —(CH2)NR6R7, and/or
(ii) one or two or three or four substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and C1-C3-alkyl-,
or wherein
one carbon atom of said C2-C8-alkylene moiety forms a three- or four-membered ring together with a bivalent moiety to which it is attached, wherein said bivalent moiety is selected from the group consisting of —CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2—, and —CH2OCH2—;
X and Y are CH or N, with the proviso that one of X and Y is CH and one of X and Y is N;
R1 is a group selected from the group consisting of C1-C6-alkyl-, C3-C6-alkenyl-, C3-C6-alkynyl-, C3-C7-cycloalkyl-, heterocyclyl-, phenyl-, heteroaryl-, phenyl-C1-C3-alkyl- and heteroaryl-C1-C3-alkyl-,
wherein said group is optionally substituted with one or two or three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, cyano, halogen, C1-C6-alkyl-, halo-C1-C3-alkyl-, C1-C6-alkoxy-, C1-C3-fluoroalkoxy-, —NH2, alkylamino-, dialkylamino-, acetylamino-, N-methyl-N-acetylamino-, cyclic amines, —OP(?O)(OH)2, —C(?O)OH, and —C(?O)NH2;
R2 is a group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, cyano, C1-C3-alkyl-, C1-C3-alkoxy-, halo-C1-C3-alkyl-, and C1-C3-fluoroalkoxy-;
R3 and R4 are independently a group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, cyano, C1-C3-alkyl-, C1-C3-alkoxy-, halo-C1-C3-alkyl-, and C1-C3-fluoroalkoxy-;
R5 is a group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, cyano, —C(?O)R8, —C(?O)OR8, —S(?O)2R8, —C(?O)NR6R7, C1-C6-alkyl-, C3-C7-cycloalkyl-, heterocyclyl-, phenyl-, and heteroaryl-,
wherein said C1-C6-alkyl-, C3-C7-cycloalkyl-, heterocyclyl-, phenyl- or heteroaryl-group is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, cyano, C1-C3-alkyl-, C1-C3-alkoxy-, —NH2, alkylamino-, dialkylamino-, acetylamino-, N-methyl-N-acetylamino-, cyclic amines, halo-C1-C3-alkyl-, and C1-C3-fluoroalkoxy-;
R6 and R7 are independently a group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, C1-C6-alkyl-, C3-C7-cycloalkyl-, heterocyclyl-, phenyl-, benzyl- and heteroaryl-,
wherein said C1-C6-alkyl-, C3-C7-cycloalkyl-, heterocyclyl-, phenyl-, benzyl- or heteroaryl-group is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, C1-C3-alkyl-, C1-C3-alkoxy-, —NH2, alkylamino-, dialkylamino-, acetylamino-, N-methyl-N-acetylamino-, cyclic amines, halo-C1-C3-alkyl-, and C1-C3-fluoroalkoxy-,
or
R6 and R7 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form a cyclic amine;
R8 is a group selected from the group consisting of C1-C6-alkyl-, halo-C1-C3-alkyl-, C3-C7-cycloalkyl-, heterocyclyl-, phenyl-, benzyl- and heteroaryl-,
wherein said group is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, C1-C3-alkyl-, C1-C3-alkoxy-, —NH2, alkylamino-, dialkylamino-, acetylamino-, N-methyl-N-acetylamino-, cyclic amines, halo-C1-C3-alkyl-, and C1-C3-fluoroalkoxy-; and
RA is a hydrogen atom or a C1-C6-alkyl-group,
or an enantiomer, a diastereomer, a salt, or a solvate thereof, or a salt of said solvate.

US Pat. No. 10,214,541

DIARYL MACROCYCLES AS MODULATORS OF PROTEIN KINASES

TP Therapeutics, Inc., S...

1. A compound of the formulawhereineach L1 and L2 is independently —C(R1?)(R2?)—, —O—, —N(Rk?)—, —S—, —S(O)— or —S(O)2—;
each R1? and R2? is independently H, deuterium, halogen, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, 3- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, mono- or bicyclic heteroaryl, —ORa?, —OC(O)Ra?, —OC(O)NRa?Rb?, —OS(O)Ra?, —OS(O)2Ra?, —SRa?, —S(O)Ra?, —S(O)2Ra?, —S(O)NRa?Rb?, —S(O)2NRa?Rb?, —OS(O)NRa?Rb?, —OS(O)2NRa?Rb?, —NRa?Rb?, —NRa?C(O)Rb?, —NRa?C(O)ORb?, —NRa?C(O)NRa?Rb?, —NRa?S(O)Rb?, —NRa?S(O)2Rb?, —NRa?S(O)NRa?Rb?, —NRa?S(O)2NRa?Rb?, —C(O)Ra?, —C(O)ORa?, —C(O)NRa?Rb?, —PRa?Rb?—P(O)Ra?Rb?, —P(O)2Ra?Rb?, —P(O)NRa?Rb?, —P(O)2NRa?Rb?, —P(O)ORa?, —P(O)2ORa?, —CN, or —NO2; or R1? and R2? taken together with the carbon or carbons to which they are attached form a C3-6cycloalkyl or a 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, wherein each hydrogen atom in C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, 3- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, mono- or bicyclic heteroaryl, 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl is independently optionally substituted by deuterium, halogen, C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, —ORe?, —OC(O)Re?, —OC(O)NRe?Rf?, —OS(O)Re?, —OS(O)2Re?, —OS(O)NRe?Rf?, —OS(O)2NRe?Rf?, —SRe?, —S(O)Re?, —S(O)2Re?, —S(O)NRe?Rf?, —S(O)2NRe?Rf?, —NRe?Rf?, —NRe?C(O)Re?, —NRe?C(O)ORf?, —NRe?C(O)NRe?Rf?, —NRe?S(O)Rf?, —NRe?S(O)2Rf?, —NRe?S(O)NRe?Rf?, —NRe?S(O)2NRe?Rf?, —C(O)Re?, —C(O)ORe?, —C(O)NRe?Rf?, —PRe?Rf?, —P(O)Re?Rf?, —P(O)2Re?Rf?, —P(O)NRe?Rf?, —P(O)2NRe?Rf?, —P(O)ORe?, —P(O)2ORe?, —CN, or —NO2;
each Rk? is independently H, deuterium, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, 3- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, or mono- or bicyclic heteroaryl, wherein each hydrogen atom in C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, 3- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, or mono- or bicyclic heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted by deuterium, halogen, C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, —ORe?, —OC(O)Re?, —OC(O)NRe?Rf?, —OS(O)Re?, —OS(O)2Re?, —OS(O)NRe?Rf?, —OS(O)2NRe?Rf?, —SRe?, —S(O)Re?, —S(O)2Re?, —S(O)NRe?Rf?, —S(O)2NRe?Rf?, —NRe?Rf?, —NRe?C(O)Rf?, —NRe?C(O)ORf?, —NRe?C(O)NRe?Rf?, —NRe?S(O)Rf?, —NRe?S(O)2Rf?, —NRe?S(O)NRe?Rf?, —NRe?S(O)2NRe?Rf?, —C(O)Re?, —C(O)ORe?, —C(O)NRe?Rf?, —PRe?Rf?, —P(O)Re?Rf?, —P(O)2Re?Rf?, —P(O)NRe?Rf?, —P(O)2NRe?Rf?, —P(O)ORe?, —P(O)2ORe?, —CN, or —NO2;
each R3? and R4? is independently deuterium, halogen, —ORc?, —OC(O)Rc?, —OC(O)NRc?Rd?, —OC(?N)NRc?Rd?, —OS(O)Rc?, —OS(O)2Rc?, —OS(O)NRc?Rd?, —OS(O)2NRc?Rd?, —SRc?, —S(O)Rc?, —S(O)2Rc?, —S(O)NRc?Rd?, —S(O)2NRc?Rd?, —NRc?Rd?, —NRc?C(O)Rd?,—NRc?C(O)ORd?, —NRc?C(O)NRc?Rd?, —NRc?C(?N)NRc?Rd?, —NRc?S(O)Rd?, —NRc?S(O)2Rd?, —NRc?S(O)NRc?Rd?, —NRc?S(O)2NRc?Rd?, —C(O)Rc?, —C(O)ORc?, —C(O)NRc?Rd?, —C(?N)NRc?Rd?, —PRc?Rd?, —P(O)Rc?Rd?, —P(O)2Rc?Rd?, —P(O)NRc?Rd?, —P(O)2NRc?Rd?, —P(O)ORc?, —P(O)2ORc?, —CN, —NO2, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, 3- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, or mono- or bicyclic heteroaryl, or any two R3? groups or any two R4? groups taken together with the ring to which they are attached form a C5-8cycloalkyl or a 5- to 8-membered heterocycloalkyl, wherein each hydrogen atom in C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, 3- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, mono- or bicyclic heteroaryl C5-8cycloalkyl or a 5- to 8-membered heterocycloalkyl is independently optionally substituted by deuterium, halogen, C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, —ORe?, —OC(O)Re?, —OC(O)NRe?Rf?, —OS(O)Re?, —OS(O)2Re?, —OS(O)NRe?Rf?, —OS(O)2NRe?Rf?, —SRe?, —S(O)Re?, —S(O)2Re?, —S(O)NRe?Rf?, —S(O)2NRe?Rf?, —NRe?Rf?, —NRe?C(O)Rf?, —NRe?C(O)ORf?, —NRe?C(O)NRe?Rf?, —NRe?S(O)Rf?, —NRe?S(O)2Rf?, —NRe?S(O)NRe?Rf?, —NRe?S(O)2NRe?Rf?, —C(O)Re?, —C(O)ORe?, —C(O)NRe?Rf?, —PRe?Rf?, —P(O)Re?Rf?, —P(O)2Re?Rf?, —P(O)NRe?Rf?, —P(O)2NRe?Rf?, —P(O)ORe?, —P(O)2ORe?, —CN, or —NO2;
R7? is H, deuterium, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, 3- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, or mono- or bicyclic heteroaryl, wherein each hydrogen atom in C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, 3- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, or mono- or bicyclic heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted by deuterium, halogen, —ORi?, —OC(O)Ri?, —OC(O)NRi?Rj?, —OS(O)Ri?, —OS(O)2Ri?, —OS(O)NRi?Rj?, —OS(O)2NRi?Rj?, —SRi?, —S(O)Ri?, —S(O)2Ri?, —S(O)NRi?Rj?, —S(O)2NRi?Rj?, —NRi?Rj?, —NRi?C(O)Rj?, —NRi?C(O)ORj?, —NRi?C(O)NRi?Rj?, —NRi?S(O)Rj?, —NRi?S(O)2Rj?, —NRi?S(O)NRi?Rj?, —NRi?S(O)2NRi?Rj?, —C(O)Ri?, —C(O)ORi?, —C(O)NRi?Rj?, —PRi?Rj?, —P(O)Ri?Rj?, —P(O)2Ri?Rj?, —P(O)NRi?Rj?, —P(O)2NRi?Rj?, —P(O)ORi?, —P(O)2ORi?, —CN, or —NO2;
each Ra?, Rb?, Rc?, Rd?, Re?, Rf?, Ri? and Rj? is independently selected from the group consisting of H, deuterium, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, 3- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, and heteroaryl;
m? is 2, 3, 4, or 5;
n? is 2, 3, or 4;
p? is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; and
q? is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

US Pat. No. 10,214,539

INTERMEDIATES AND METHODS FOR THE SYNTHESIS OF HALICHONDRIN B ANALOGS

1. A compound of formula (I):
wherein:
z is a single or double bond, provided that when z is a double bond, X2 is C and Y1 is hydrogen; and
provided that when z is a single bond, X2 is CH or O;
X1 is O, S, or CN, provided that when X1 is CN or S, X2 is O;
Y1 is a halide, hydrogen or O-L2, or absent when X2 is O; and
L1 and L2 are independently selected from hydrogen and a protecting group independently selected from the group consisting of C1-C12 alkylcarbonyl, C1-C6 alkyl, aryl (C1-C6) alkyl, silyl (C1-C10), carbonate, C1-C6 alkoxy-(C1-C6) alkyl, 3,4-dimethoxybenzyl, p-methoxybenzyl, and C1-C6 ester, or L1 and L2 together are a protecting group selected from the group consisting of pyran, cyclic C1-C6 acetal, cyclic C3-C7 ketal, and cyclic carbonate, provided that when X1 is CN, L1 is absent; or a salt thereof.

US Pat. No. 10,214,537

BICYCLIC HETEROARYL AMINE COMPOUNDS

Bristol-Myers Squibb Comp...

1. A compound of Formula (I):
or a salt thereof; wherein:
X is N or CH;
Q1 is:
(i) Cl, I, —CN, —CH3, —CD3, or —CF3;
(ii) a 5-membered heteroaryl selected from pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, and thiadiazolyl;
(iii) a 6-membered heteroaryl selected from pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, and pyrimidinyl; or
(iv) a bicyclic heteroaryl selected from indolyl, imidazopyridinyl, pyrrolopyridinyl, pyrazolopyridinyl and benzo[d]oxazolyl;
wherein each of said 5-membered, 6-membered, and bicyclic heteroaryls is substituted with zero to 1 Ra and zero to 1 Rb;
Ra is C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 deuteroalkyl, C1-4 fluoroalkyl, C1-4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-4 alkoxyalkyl, C1-4 hydroxyfluoroalkyl, —CH2(C3-6 cycloalkyl), —CH2(oxetanyl), —CH2(methyloxetanyl), —NH2, —S(O)2(C1-4 alkyl), —S(O)2(C3-6 cycloalkyl), C3-6 cycloalkyl, C3-6 fluorocycloalkyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, phenyl, or fluorophenyl substituted with zero to 1 substituent selected from F, —CF3, and —OCF3;
Rb is Cl, C1-4 alkyl, C1-3 haloalkyl, or C3-5 cycloalkyl;
R1 is H or F;
R2 is H or F;
R3 is H or Rx;
R4 is H, F, Cl, —CN, —CH3, —CHF2, —CF3, —OCH3, —OCD3, —(CH2)1-3ORc, —CHRcOH, —C(CH3)2OH, —C(O)OCH3, —C(O)N(Rw)2, —C(O)—NRwR7, —C(O)R8, —C?C—(C1-4 alkyl), —S(O)0-2(C1-4 alkyl), or —S(O)0-2(C3-6 cycloalkyl), or triazolyl, wherein the triazolyl is substituted with 0 to 1-CH3;
Rc is H, —CH3, —CD3, —CH2CH3, —CH(CH3)2, or cyclopropyl;
R5 is H, F, Cl, —CH3, or —OCH3;
R6 is H or F;
R7 is CD3, C1-6alkyl, C1-4haloalkyl, C1-6alkyl substituted with 0-1 R7a, cyclopropyl, cyanoC1-6alkyl, or pyridinyl;
R7a is —CN, —N(Rw)2, —OCH3, or —S(O)2CH3;
R8 is C1-6alkyl, hydroxyC1-6alkyl, morpholinyl, or piperazinyl, wherein the piperazinyl is substituted with 0 to 1-CH3;
Rw is H or —CH3;
Rx is:
(i) C1-4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-4 alkoxyalkyl, C1-4 aminoalkyl, —CRwRwNH(C1-4 alkyl), —CRwRwN(C1-4 alkyl)2, —CRwRwNRw(CH2)1-3O(C1-3 alkyl), —CRwRwCRwRwN(C1-3 alkyl)2, —CRwRwCRwRwNRwC(O)(C1-3 alkyl), —CRwRwC(O)(C1-3 alkyl), —CRwRwNRwC(O)(C1-4 hydroxyalkyl), —(CRwRw)2R3a, —CRw(CF3)R3a, —CRwRwNRwR3a, —CH2NHS(O)2CH3—CH2OR3a, —CH2(8-oxa-3-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl), —CH(CH3)(dimethylazetidinyl), —CH(CH3)(methyl hydroxyazetidinyl), or —CRwRwNRwC(O)R3a, wherein R3a is tetrahydropyran, morpholinyl, morpholinonyl, oxazinanonyl, oxazolidinonyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidinonyl, piperazinyl, pyridinyl, pyrrolidinium, or phenyl, each substituted with zero to 1 substituent selected from F, Cl, C1-4 alkyl, and —C(O)CH3;
(ii) —C(O)OH or —C(O)R3b, wherein R3b is pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidinonyl, azetidinyl, morpholinyl, dioxidothiomorpholinyl, thiadiazolyl, piperazinyl, piperazinonyl, 8-oxa-3-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl, or piperidinyl, each substituted with zero to 2 substituents independently selected from F, —OH, —CN, C1-2 alkyl, C1-3 hydroxyalkyl, —C(O)(C1-3 alkyl), —C(O)NRwRw, —C(O)O(C1-3 alkyl), —NRwC(O)(C1-3 alkyl), —C(O)NH(C1-3 hydroxyalkyl), and —C(O)tetrahydrofuranyl; —C(O)NRwRw, —C(O)NH(C1-4 alkyl), —C(O)N(C1-4 alkyl)2, —C(O)NRw(C1-3 fluoroalkyl), —C(O)NRw(C1-3 hydroxyalkyl), —C(O)NRw(C1-4 alkoxyalkyl), —C(O)NRw(CRwRwC(O)NRwRw), —C(O)NRwCRw(C1-4 alkyl)C(O)NRwRw, —C(O)NRw(C1-6 hydroxyalkyl), —C(O)NRwR3c, —C(O)NRw(CRwRw)1-2R3c, —C(O)NRwCRwRwC(O)R3c, —C(O)N(C1-4 alkyl)(C3-6 cycloalkyl), —C(O)N(C3-6 cycloalkyl)2, —C(O)N(C3-6 cycloalkyl)R3c, —C(O)N(C3-6 cycloalkyl)(CH2R3c), or —C(O)CRwRwS(O)2(C1-4 alkyl), wherein R3c is phenyl, oxazolyl, oxopiperidinyl, oxopyrrolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, piperidinyl, pyrazolyl, oxetanyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, or isoxazolyl, each substituted with zero to 2 substituents independently selected from —CH3, —C(O)CH3, —C(O)NH2, cyclopropyl, and —CH2OH;
(iii) —OR3d wherein R3d is tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, piperidinyl, or pyridinyl, each substituted with zero to 3 substituents independently selected from —CH3, ?O, —C(O)CH3, and —C(O)CH(CH3)2;
(iv) —NRwC(O)(C1-3 alkyl), —NRwS(O)2(C1-3 alkyl), or —S(O)2NRwRw;
(v) C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with zero to 3 substituents independently selected from F, —OH, C1-3 alkyl, C1-3 fluoroalkyl, C1-3 alkoxy, C1-3 fluoroalkoxy, —C(O)NRw(C1-4 alkyl), —C(O)NRw(C1-4 fluoroalkyl), —C(O)NRw(C3-6 cycloalkyl), and —C(O)NRwR3d, wherein R3d is oxetanyl, azetidinyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, cyclobutyl, or tetrahydropyranyl, each substituted with zero to 2 substituents independently selected from F, —CH3, and —OCH3; or
(vi) azetidinyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, 1,2-dihydropyridinonyl, morpholinyl, 4,7-diazaspiro[2.5]octanyl, octahydrobenzo[b] [1,4]oxazinyl, or benzo[b][1,4]oxazinyl, each substituted with zero to 8 substituents independently selected from D, —OH, —CN, C1-4 alkyl, C1-3 deuteroalkyl, C1-3 fluoroalkyl, C1-4 cyanoalkyl, C1-4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-3 alkoxy, ?O, —(CH2)O(O)CH3, —C(O)(C1-4 alkyl), —C(O)(C1-4 hydroxyalkyl), —C(O)NRwRw, —C(O)CH2CN, —C(O)CH2OH, —C(O)(C3-4 cycloalkyl), —C(O)NH2, —S(O)2CH3, —C(O)OCH3, —NHC(O)(C1-4 alkyl), —NRwS(O)(C1-3 alkyl), —NRwS(O)2(C1-3 alkyl), —C(O)CRwRwS(O)2(C1-4 alkyl), —C(O)(phenyl), —C(O)(fluorophenyl), —C(O)(chlorophenyl), —C(O)(hydroxypropyl phenyl), —C(O)(difluorocyclopropyl), —C(O)(oxazolyl), —C(O)(pyrazinyl), —C(O)(pyrazolyl), —C(O)(pyridazinyl), —C(O)(pyridinyl), —C(O)(pyrimidinyl), —C(O)(pyrrolidinyl), —C(O)(tetrahydropyranyl), —C(O)(thiazolyl), —C(O)(methyl thiazolyl), —C(O)(imidazolyl), —C(O)(methyl imidazolyl), —C(O)(methyl oxazolyl), —C(O)(methyl phenyl), —C(O)(methyl pyrazolyl), —C(O)(morpholinyl), —C(O)(acetophenonyl), —C(O)CH2(oxazolidinonyl), —C(O)CH2(pyrrolidinyl), —C(O)CH2(dioxidothiazinanyl), —C(O)CH2(dioxidothiomorpholinyl), —C(O)CH2 (dimethyl-oxopyrrolidinyl), —C(O)CH2 (trimethyl-oxopyrrolidinyl), —C(O)CH2NHC(O)CH3, —C(O)CH2CH2NHC(O)CH3, —C(O)CH2CH2S(O)2CH3, —C(O)CH2S(O)2CH3, —C(O)CH(CH3)S(O)2CH3, —C(O)CH2CH2NHS(O)2CH3, —C(O)CH2NHS(O)2CH3, —C(O)CH2CH2NHS(O)2CH3, —C(O)CH(CH3)NHS(O)2CH3, —C(O)CH2CH2(methyl-pyrazolyl), —N(CH3)2, —N(CH3)(acetyl piperidinyl), —CH2C(O)NHCH2C(CH3)2OH, —N(CH3)C(O)CH3, —N(CH3)C(O)C(CH3)2OH, —N(CH3)C(O)NH(CH(CH3)2), —N(CH3)C(O)(furanyl), —N(CH3)C(O)CH2(pyrazinyl), —N(CH3)C(O)(cyanocyclopropyl), —N(CH3)C(O)CH(CH3)OH, benzyl, carbamoyl azepanyl, carbamoyl-morpholinyl, chlorophenyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, dioxothiomorpholinyl, fluorobenzoyl, fluorophenyl, hydroxypiperidinyl, hydroxypyrrolidinyl, hydroxytetrahydropyranyl, methoxytetrahydropyranyl, methyl imidazol[1,2a]pyridinyl, methyloxadiazolyl, methylpiperazinyl, methylpiperazinonyl, methyl pyridinonyl, morpholinyl, oxetanyl, phenyl, piperidinonyl, pyridinyl, and pyrimidinyl;
(vii) phenyl, pyrazolyl, dioxothiazinanyl, pyrrolidinonyl, dimethyloxazolindinonyl, oxazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, dioxothiomorpholinyl, quinazolinyl, thiazolyl, octahydropyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrrole, 1H-pyrido[1,2-c] pyrimidine-1,3(2H)-dione, 1,3-oxazinan-2-onyl, 1H,2H,3H,4H,6H-pyrido[1,2-a] piperazinone-1,6-dionyl, 2,3-dihydroquinazolin-4(1H)-onyl, methoxy 2,3-dihydroquinazolin-4(1H)-onyl, 2-azaspiro[4.5]decan-3-onyl, 2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptanyl, acetyl 3,8-diazabicyclo [3.2.1]octanyl, acetyl-3,4-dihydroquinoxalin-1(2H)-yl, methyl [1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyridinyl), or dimethyl[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyridinyl, each substituted with zero to 4 substituents independently selected from D, F, Cl, —OH, —CN, —NH2, C1-3 alkyl, C1-5 hydroxyalkyl, C1-5 alkoxyalkyl, —C(O)CH3, —C(O)C(CH3)2OH, —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NH(C1-4 alkyl), —CH(Rw)CH2NRwRw, —C(O)NRwRw, —S(O)2NH2, —S(O)2(C1-4 alkyl), —NRwC(O)(C1-4 alkyl), —NRwS(O)0-2(C1-4 alkyl), ?O, C3-6 cycloalkyl, —O(piperidinyl-S(O)2CH3), —O(piperidinyl-C(O)NRw(C1-4 alkyl), and —O(piperidinyl-C(O)(C1-4 hydroxyalkyl);
provided that if R3 is H, then R4 is —C(O)N(CH3)2; and
if Q1 is Br, then R3 is not —CH2OH.

US Pat. No. 10,214,536

AMLEXANOX ANALOGS

THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVER...

1. A composition comprising a compound of Formula (I):
wherein, when M is N, R7 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, F, I, D (deuterium), methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, CH2F, CH2CH2Cl, CHBrCH3, CF2H, CH2CCl2H, CBr3, CF3, CCl3, CH2CBr3, CH2CF3, CH2CCl3, 1-(trifluoromethyl)cyclopropyl, 1-(trichloromethyl)cyclohexyl, an alkene, an alkyne, NH2, NH-methyl, NH-ethyl, NH—CH2-Ph, (CH2)1-6—NH2(CH2)1-6—NH—(CH2)1-5CH3, (CH2)1-6—N(CH3)2, alkene-N(CH3)2, alkyne-N(CH3)2, N(CH3)2, O-alkyl, NH—(CH2)2-6—OH, OH, (CH2)1-6OH, CH2CHOHCH2OH, cycloalkyl, (CH2)1-6-cycloalkyl, alkene-cycloalkyl, cycloalkene, alkyl-cycloalkenyl, alkene-cycloalkenyl, (CH2)0-6-(non-aromatic heterocycle), and (CH2)0-6-(heteroaryl);
wherein, when M is C, R7 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, F, I, D (deuterium), CH2F, CH2CH2Cl, CHBrCH3, CF2H, CH2CCl2H, CBr3, CF3, CCl3, CH2CBr3, CH2CF3, CH2CCl3, 1-(trifluoromethyl)cyclopropyl, 1-(trichloromethyl)cyclohexyl, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, NH2, NH-methyl, NH-ethyl, NH—CH2-Ph, (CH2)1-6—NH2(CH2)1-6—NH—(CH2)1-5CH3, (CH2)1-6—N(CH3)2, alkenyl-N(CH3)2, alkynyl-N(CH3)2, NH—(CH2)2-6—OH, OH, (CH2)1-6OH, CH2CHOHCH2OH, cycloalkyl, (CH2)1-6-cycloalkyl, alkenyl-cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkyl-cycloalkenyl, alkenyl-cycloalkenyl, (CH2)0-6-(non-aromatic heterocycle), and (CH2)0-6-(heteroaryl); wherein, when M is C, R7 is not (CH2)2-cyclohexyl;
wherein, when M is C, and R7 is H or D, R8 is selected from the group consisting of Br, Cl, F, I, D (deuterium), methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, CH2F, CH2CH2Cl, CHBrCH3, CF2H, CH2CCl2H, CBr3, CF3, CCl3, CH2CBr3, CH2CF3, CH2CCl3, 1-(trifluoromethyl)cyclopropyl, 1-(trichloromethyl)cyclohexyl, an alkene, an alkyne, NH2, NH-methyl, NH-ethyl, NH—CH2-Ph, (CH2)1-6—NH2, CH2)1-6—NH—(CH2)1-5CH3, (CH2)1-6—N(CH3)2, alkenyl-N(CH3)2, alkynyl-N(CH3)2, N(CH3)2, O-alkyl, NH—(CH2)2-6—OH, (CH2)1-6OH, CH2CHOHCH2OH, cycloalkyl, (CH2)1-6-cycloalkyl, alkenyl-cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkyl-cycloalkenyl, alkenyl-cycloalkenyl, (CH2)0-6-(non-aromatic heterocycle), and (CH2)0-6-(heteroaryl),
wherein, when M is C, and R7 is not H or D, R8 is H, F, or D; and
wherein R8 is absent if M is N.

US Pat. No. 10,214,535

HYDROXMETHYL PIPERIDINE OREXIN RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS

1. A compound of the formula Ia:
wherein:
R1a, R1b and R1c are independently selected from the group consisting of:
(1) hydrogen,
(2) halogen,
(3) hydroxyl,
(4) C1-6alkyl, which is unsubstituted or substituted with halogen, hydroxyl or phenyl,
(5) —O—C1-6alkyl, which is unsubstituted or substituted with halogen, hydroxyl or phenyl,
(6) —CN, and
(7) heteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl is selected from imidazolyl, indolyl, oxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrrolyl, pyrimidinyl, tetrazolyl, and triazolyl, which is unsubstituted or substituted with halogen, hydroxyl, C1-6alkyl, —O—C1-6alkyl or —NO2;
R2 is hydrogen or methyl;
R3 is hydrogen or methyl;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, fluoro, methyl, and methoxy;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of: —CN, methyl, methoxy, and difluoroethoxy;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

US Pat. No. 10,214,534

SUBSTITUTED 2-PHENYL (AZA)BENZOFURAN COMPOUNDS FOR THE TREATMENT OF HEPATITIS C

Bristol-Myers Squibb Comp...

1. A compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
wherein
X is N or C—R10;
R1 is methyl;
R2 is OAr1;
Ar1 is phenyl or pyridinyl and is substituted with 0-3 substituents selected from the group of cyano, halo, alkyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, and haloalkoxy;
R3 is hydrogen, halo, or alkyl;
R4, R5, R6, R7, R8 are each independently selected from the group of hydrogen, halo, alkyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxycycloalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycycloalkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, and CON(R202)(R203);
R202 and R203 are each independently selected from the group of hydrogen, alkyl, and cycloalkyl;
R9 is selected from the group of haloalkyl and NR301R302;
R301 is selected from the group of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, (cycloalkyl)alkyl, benzyl, alkylcarbonyl, haloalkylcarbonyl, alkyl sulfonyl, phenyl sulfonyl, (alkoxyphenyl)sulfonyl and (haloalkoxyphenyl)sulfonyl;
R302 is hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, or alkoxyalkyl; and
R10 is hydrogen.

US Pat. No. 10,214,533

N-ACYL-(3-SUBSTITUTED)-5,6,7,8-TETRAHYDRO-[1,2,4]TRIAZOLO[4,3-A]PYRAZINES AS SELECTIVE NK-3 RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION, METHODS FOR USE IN NK-3 RECEPTOR-MEDIATED DISORDERS

OGEDA SA, Charleroi (BE)...

1. A process of manufacturing a compound of Formula I:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof, wherein:
R1 is H or F;
R1? is H;
R2 is H, F or Cl;
R2? is H or F;
R3 is F or Cl;
R4 is methyl, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl or fluoromethyl;
X1 is N and X2 is S; or X1 is S and X2 is N; and
represents a single or a double bond depending on X1 and X2;
comprising the following steps:
a) reacting a compound of Formula (i)

wherein:
PG represents a suitable protecting group;
with a compound of Formula (ii)

wherein:
R4? is R4 as defined above or H;
X1 and X2 are as defined above;
represents a single or a double bond depending on X1 and X2;
so as to obtain a compound of Formula (iii)

wherein PG, R4?, X1 and X2 are as defined above and
represents a single or a double bond depending on X1 and X2;
b) deprotecting compound of Formula (iii) with a suitable deprotection agent to afford compound of Formula (iv)

wherein R4?, X1 and X2 are as defined above and
represents a single or a double bond depending on X1 and X2;
c) when R4? is H, a trifluoromethyl or difluoromethyl group is introduced by direct C—H trifluoro- or difluoromethylation, leading to compound of Formula (v)

wherein X1 and X2 are as defined above and R4 is trifluoromethyl, or difluoromethyl and represents a single or a double bond depending on X1 and X2;
d) N-acylating compound of Formula (iv) wherein R4? is not H or compound of Formula (v) with a compound of Formula (vi)

wherein R1, R1?, R2, R2? and R3 are as defined above;
to afford compound of Formula I as defined above.

US Pat. No. 10,214,531

SUBSTITUTED AMINO TRIAZOLES, AND METHODS USING SAME

Institute for Drug Discov...

1. A compound of formula (I), or a salt, hydrate or solvate thereof:
wherein in (I):
m is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
n is 0, 1, or 2;
R1 is aryl or heteroaryl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of R4;
each R2 is individually selected from the group consisting of halogen, —NO2, —CN, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, —NH2, —NH(C1-C6 alkyl), —N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, —OH, C1-C6 alkoxy, hydroxy(C1-C6 alkyl), C1-C6 acyloxy(C1-C6 alkyl), alkoxy(C1-C6 alkyl), and C1-C6 haloalkoxy;
R3 is a substituent on one nitrogen atom, and is hydrogen or C1-C6 alkyl;
W is absent, —O—, —N(R5)—, —X1—N(R5)—, —X1—O—, —N(R5)C(?O)—, —C(?O)N(R5)—, —N(R5)S(?O)2—, or —S(?O)2N(R5)—, where X1 is C1-C3 alkylene optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, —NH2, —NH(C1-C6 alkyl), —N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, —OH, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, —SH, —S(C1-C6 alkyl), hydroxy(C1-C6 alkyl), alkoxy(C1-C6 alkyl), amino(C1-C6 alkyl), —C(?O)NH2, —C(?O)N(C1-C6 alkyl), —C(?O)N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, —C(?O)O(C1-C6 alkyl), —NHC(?O)(C1-C6 alkoxy), and —NHC(?O)(C1-C6 alkyl);
X is —C(?O)— or C1-C6 alkylene optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, benzyl, —NH2, —NH(C1-C6 alkyl), —N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, —OH, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, —SH, —S(C1-C6 alkyl), hydroxy(C1-C6 alkyl), alkoxy(C1-C6 alkyl), amino(C1-C6 alkyl), —C(?O)NH2, —C(?O)NH(C1-C6 alkyl), —C(?O)N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, —C(?O)O(C1-C6 alkyl), —NHC(?O)(C1-C6 alkoxy), and —NHC(?O)(C1-C6 alkyl);
Y is absent, —C(?O)—, —OC(?O)—, —N(R5), —N(R5)C(?O)—, —C(?O)N(R5)—, —N(R5)S(?O)2—, —S(?O)2N(R5)—, —N(R5)CH2—, or —S(?O)2—;
or W—X—Y represent a heteroarylene, heterocyclylene, or C3-C8 cycloalkylene, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, —NH2, —NH(C1-C6 alkyl), —N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, —OH, C1-C6 alkoxy, and C1-C6 haloalkoxy;
Z is CH, C(C1-C6 alkyl), or N, wherein the C1-C6 alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, —NH2, —NH(C1-C6 alkyl), —N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, —OH, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, —SH, —S(C1-C6 alkyl), hydroxy(C1-C6 alkyl), alkoxy(C1-C6 alkyl), amino(C1-C6 alkyl), —C(?O)NH2, —C(?O)N(C1-C6 alkyl), —C(?O)N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, —C(?O)O(C1-C6 alkyl), —NHC(?O)(C1-C6 alkoxy), and —NHC(?O)(C1-C6 alkyl);
or Y—Z, together with one carbon atom to which Z is attached, form a heterocyclyl;
or Y—Z, together with the ring containing Z, form a bicyclic heterocycle selected from the group consisting of:

 wherein the N labelled as (a) is covalently bonded to X and the N labelled as (b) is covalently bonded to the 1,3,4-triazole ring;
or Y is absent, X is a bond or as defined above, and Z is a carbon atom that is covalently connected to W by a C1-C4 alkylene chain optionally containing a nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur atom, whereby Z—X—Y—W together form a 3-7 membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring;
each R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, —NO2, —CN, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, —NH2, —NH(C1-C6 alkyl), —N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, —OH, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, —SH, —S(?O)0-2(C1-C6 alkyl), hydroxy(C1-C6 alkyl), alkoxy(C1-C6 alkyl), amino(C1-C6 alkyl), —C(?O)NH2, —C(?O)NH(C1-C6 alkyl), —C(?O)N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, —C(?O)NHNH2, —C(?O)H, —C(?O)O(C1-C6 alkyl), —OC(?O)(C1-C6 alkyl), —NHC(?O)(C1-C6 alkoxy), —NHC(?O)(C1-C6 alkyl), —NHC(?O)NH2, —NHC(?O)NH(C1-C6 alkyl), —NHC(?NH)NH2, —NH—S(?O)0-2—(C1-C6 alkyl), —NH—S(?O)0-2-aryl, and —NH—S(?O)0-2-heteroaryl; and,
each R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, and R5a,
where R5a is phenyl, naphthyl, or a bicyclic heteroaryl, and R5a is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, C1-C6 alkyl, cyano, hydroxy C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, haloalkyl, —NH2, —NH(C1-C6 alkyl), —N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, and C1-C6 haloalkoxy;
provided the compound of formula (I) is not:
5-[4-(1-naphthalenylmethyl)-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine;
5-[4-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine;
5-[4-(1-phenylethyl)-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine;
5-[4-[[2-chloro-4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methyl]-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine;
5-[4-[[3-bromo-4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methyl]-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine;
5-[4-[(2,3,4-trimethoxyphenyl)methyl]-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine;
5-[4-[(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine;
5-[4-[[3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl]-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine;
5-[4-[(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)methyl]-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine;
5-[4-[(2,5-dimethylphenyl)methyl]-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine;
5-[4-[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)methyl]-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine;
5-[4-(2-phenoxyethyl)-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine;
5-[4-(4-phenoxybutyl)-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine;
5-[4-[2-(4-bromophenoxy)ethyl]-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine;
5-[4-[(3,4-dichlorophenyl)methyl]-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine;
5-[4-(4-pyridinylmethyl)-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine;
5-[4-[(4-methylphenyl)methyl]-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine;
5-[4-(phenylmethyl)-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine;
5-[4-[(4-aminophenyl)methyl]-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine;
5-[4-[[3-chloro-4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methyl]-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine;
5-[4-[(3-chlorophenyl)methyl]-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine;
5-[4-[[2-bromo-4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methyl]-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine;
5-[4-(3-phenylpropyl)-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine;
5-[4-[[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methyl]-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine;
5-[4-(2-furanylmethyl)-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine;
5-[4-(2-quinolinylmethyl)-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine;
4-[[4-(3-amino-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-yl)-1-piperazinyl]methyl]-benzonitrile;
5-[4-[(2-fluorophenyl)methyl]-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine;
5-[4-(2-phenylethyl)-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine;
5-[4-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine;
5-[4-[(2-nitrophenyl)methyl]-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine;
5-[4-(3-phenoxypropyl)-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine;
5-[4-[[4-(1,1-dimethylethyl)phenyl]methyl]-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine;
5-[4-[(4-butylphenyl)methyl]-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine;
5-[4-[(3-methylphenyl)methyl]-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine;
benzyl 4-(3-amino-1H-1,2,4-triazol-5-yl)piperazine-1-carboxylate;
5-[4-[(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)methyl]-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine; or
5-[4-[(2-methylphenyl)methyl]-1-piperazinyl]-1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine.

US Pat. No. 10,214,530

XANTHINE DERIVATIVES, THEIR USE AS A MEDICAMENT, AND PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS COMPRISING THE SAME

1. A xanthine derivative defined by chemical Formula I or a salt thereof:
wherein R1 and R2 are each an optionally substituted group independently selected from hydrogen (—H), (C1-C10)-alkyl, (C2-C10)-alkenyl, (C2-C10)-alkynyl, (C5-C14)-aryl, (C5-C14)-heteroaryl, (C6-C15)-alkyl-aryl, (C6-C15)-alkyl-heteroaryl, (C6-C15)-alkenyl-aryl, (C6-C15)-alkenyl-heteroaryl, (C6-C15)-alkynyl-aryl, (C6-C15)-alkynyl-heteroaryl, (C6-C15)-aryl-alkylene, (C6-C15)-heteroaryl-alkylene, (C6-C15)-aryl-alkenylene, (C6-C15)-heteroaryl-alkenylene, (C6-C15)-aryl-alkylylene and (C6-C15)-heteroaryl-alkylylene,
wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylene, alkylene and alkenylene groups optionally comprise one or more bivalent groups substituting a carbon moiety in their hydrocarbon chain and selected from —O—, —S—, —S(O)—, —SO2—, —N?, —N(R)—, —C(O)—, —C(O)O—, —OC(O)—, —C(O)N(R)—, —N(R)C(O)—, —OC(O)N(R)—, —N(R)C(O)O—, —N(R)C(O)N(R)—, (C3-C12)-heterocyclic alkylene and (C3-C12)-heterocyclic alkenylene;
R3 means a number of n groups independently selected from hydrogen (—H), fluoro (—F), bromo (—Br), chloro (—Cl), hydroxyl (—OH), carbonyl (—C(O)R), carboxyl (—C(O)OH), carboxy ester (—CO2R), alkoxy (—OR), aldehyde (—C(O)H), trihalide methyl ester (—OCX3), primary, secondary and tertiary amine (—NR(R?)), amide (—N(R)—C(O)—R), imide (—C(O)—N(R)—C(O)—R?), carbamate (—N(R)—C(O)—OR?), carboxamide (—C(O)N(R)R?), carbimide (—N(R)—C(O)—N(R?)R?), primary and secondary ketimine (—(R)?NR?), secondary ketimine (—(R)?NH), nitrile (—CN), isonitrile (—NC), nitroxy (—ONO), nitro (—NO2), nitrate (—ONO2), nitroso (—NO), cyanate (—OCN), isocyanate (—NCO), sulfhydryl (—SH), sulfide (—SR), sulfurtrihalide (—SX3), sulfurpentahalide (—SX5), sulfinyl (—S(O)R), sulfonyl (—SO2R), sulfino (—SO2H), and sulfo (—SO3H),
and an optionally substituted and optionally linked group selected from (C1-C10)-alkyl, (C2-C10)-alkenyl, (C2-C10)-alkynyl, (C5-C14)-aryl, (C5-C14)-heteroaryl, (C6-C15)-alkyl-aryl, (C6-C15)-alkyl-heteroaryl, (C6-C15)-alkenyl-aryl, (C6-C15)-alkenyl-heteroaryl, (C6-C15)-alkynyl-aryl, (C6-C15)-alkynyl-heteroaryl, (C6-C15)-aryl-alkylene, (C6-C15)-heteroaryl-alkylene, (C6-C15)-aryl-alkenylene, (C6-C15)-heteroaryl-alkenylene, (C6-C15)-aryl-alkylylene and (C6-C15)-heteroaryl-alkylylene,
wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylene, alkylene and alkenylene groups optionally comprise one or more bivalent groups substituting a carbon moiety in their hydrocarbon chain and selected from —O—, —S—, —S(O)—, —SO2—, —N?, —N(R)—, —C(O)—, —C(O)O—, —OC(O)—, —C(O)N(R)—, —N(R)C(O)—, —OC(O)N(R)—, —N(R)C(O)O—, —N(R)C(O)N(R)—, (C3-C12)-heterocyclic alkylene or (C3-C12)-heterocyclic alkenylene;
Q is selected from methylene (—C(R)H—) and amino (—N(R)—);
X is selected from carbon (—C—) and nitrogen (—N—);
Z is selected from amino (—NH—), oxygen (—O—) and sulfur (—S—); and
n is a number selected from 1, 2 and 3;
wherein in the aforementioned definitions R, R? and R? independently mean hydrogen, (C1-C3)-alkyl or (C2-C3)-alkenyl.

US Pat. No. 10,214,529

SMALL MOLECULES FOR THE TREATMENT OF PRIMARY CANCER AND CANCER METASTASIS

THE BOARD OF REGENTS OF T...

1. A compound that is a chemical analog of non-hydrolysable adenosine ATP analog 5?-[?-thio]triphosphate (ATP?S) with general formula of Formula I:where R1 and R2 are independently selected from hydrogen, cyano, C1 to C3 alkyl, halo, or heteromethyl.

US Pat. No. 10,214,528

BICYCLIC HETEROCYCLES AS FGFR4 INHIBITORS

Incyte Corporation, Wilm...

1. A compound of Formula (I):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
X1 is CR10R11;
X is N or CR6;
R1 is C1-3 alkyl or C1-3 haloalkyl;
R2 is H, halo, C1-3 alkyl, C1-3 haloalkyl, CN, or C1-3 alkoxy;
R3 is H, halo, C1-3 alkyl, C1-3 haloalkyl, CN, or C1-3 alkoxy;
R4 is C1-3 alkyl or C1-3 haloalkyl;
R5 is H, halo, C1-3 alkyl, C1-3 haloalkyl, CN, or C1-3 alkoxy;
R6 is selected from H, halo, CN, ORa4, SRa4, C(O)NRc4Rd4, OC(O)NRc4Rd4, NRc4Rd4, NRc4C(O)Rb4, NRc4C(O)ORa4, NRc4C(O)NRc4Rd4, NRc4S(O)Rb4, NRc4S(O)2Rb4, NRc4S(O)2NRc4Rd4, S(O)Rb4, S(O)NRc4Rd4, S(O)2Rb4, S(O)2NRc4Rd4, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, phenyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, a 5-6 membered heteroaryl moiety having carbon and 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, and a 4-7 membered heterocycloalkyl moiety having carbon and 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S; wherein said C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, phenyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, 5-6 membered heteroaryl, and 4-7 membered heterocycloalkyl groups of R6 are each optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from R10A;
L is —(CR13R14)n—, wherein R13 and R14 are each independently H;
the subscript n is 1 or 2;
R8 is H;
R10 and R11 are each independently selected from H, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered heteroaryl moiety having carbon and 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, and a 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl moiety having carbon and 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S; wherein said C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C6-10 aryl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl groups of R10 and R11 are each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R10A;
R10A, at each occurrence, is independently selected from halo, CN, NO2, ORa4, SRa4, C(O)Rb4, C(O)NRc4Rd4, C(O)ORa4, OC(O)Rb4, OC(O)NRc4Rd4, C(?NRe4)NRc4Rd4, NRc4C(?NRe4)NRc4Rd4, NRc4Rd4, NRc4C(O)Rb4, NRc4C(O)ORa4, NRc4C(O)NRc4Rd4, NRc4S(O)Rb4, NRc4S(O)2Rb4, NRc4S(O)2NRc4Rd4, S(O)Rb4, S(O)NRc4Rd4, S(O)2Rb4, S(O)2NRc4Rd4, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, phenyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, a 5-6 membered heteroaryl moiety having carbon and 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, and a 4-7 membered heterocycloalkyl moiety having carbon and 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S; wherein said C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, phenyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, 5-6 membered heteroaryl, and 4-7 membered heterocycloalkyl group of R10A are each optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from R19;
Ra4, Rb4, Rc4, and Rd4, at each occurrence, are independently selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, phenyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, a 5-6 membered heteroaryl moiety having carbon and 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, and a 4-7 membered heterocycloalkyl moiety having carbon and 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S; wherein said C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, phenyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, 5-6 membered heteroaryl, and 4-7 membered heterocycloalkyl group of Ra4, Rb4, Rc4, and Rd4 are each optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from R19;
alternatively, Rc4 and Rd4 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group which is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from R19;
Re4, at each occurrence, is H or C1-4 alkyl;
alternatively, R10 and R11 together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered cycloalkyl group or a 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, 8-, 9-, or 10-membered heterocycloalkyl group; wherein said 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered cycloalkyl group and 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, 8-, 9-, or 10-membered heterocycloalkyl group are each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3 or 4 R10A;
R12 is H or C1-4 alkyl which is optionally substituted by R17;
R17, at each occurrence, is independently selected from halo, CN, NO2, ORa7, SRa7, C(O)Rb7, C(O)NRc7Rd7, C(O)ORa7, OC(O)Rb7, OC(O)NRc7Rd7, C(?NRe7)NRc7Rd7, NRc7C(?NRe7)NRc7Rd7, NRc7Rd7, NRc7C(O)Rb7, NRc7C(O)ORa7, NRc7C(O)NRc7Rd7, NRc7S(O)Rb7, NRc7S(O)2Rb7, NRc7S(O)2NRc7Rd7, S(O)Rb7, S(O)NRc7Rd7, S(O)2Rb7, S(O)2NRc7Rd7, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, phenyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, a 5-6 membered heteroaryl moiety having carbon and 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, and a 4-7 membered heterocycloalkyl moiety having carbon and 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S; wherein said C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, phenyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, 5-6 membered heteroaryl, and 4-7 membered heterocycloalkyl groups of R17 are each optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from R19;
Ra7, Rb7, Rc7, and Rd7, at each occurrence, are independently selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, phenyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, a 5-6 membered heteroaryl moiety having carbon and 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, and a 4-7 membered heterocycloalkyl moiety having carbon and 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S; wherein said C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, phenyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, 5-6 membered heteroaryl, and 4-7 membered heterocycloalkyl groups of Ra7, Rb7, Rc7, and Rd7 are each optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from R19;
alternatively, Rc7 and Rd7 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group which is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from R19;
Re7, at each occurrence, is independently H or C1-4 alkyl;
R19, at each occurrence, is independently selected from halo, CN, NO2, ORa9, SRa9, C(O)Rb9, C(O)NRc9Rd9, C(O)ORa9, OC(O)Rb9, OC(O)NRc9Rd9, NRc9Rd9, NRc9C(O)Rb9, NRc9C(O)ORa9, NRc9C(O)NRc9Rd9, NRc9S(O)Rb9, NRc9S(O)2Rb9, NRc9S(O)2NRc9Rd9, S(O)Rb9, S(O)NRc9Rd9, S(O)2Rb9, S(O)2NRc9Rd9, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, and C1-4 haloalkyl;
Ra9, Rc9, and Rd9, at each occurrence, are independently selected from H and C1-4 alkyl; and
Rb9, at each occurrence, is independently C1-4 alkyl.

US Pat. No. 10,214,527

TRIAZOLOPYRIDINE INHIBITORS OF MYELOPEROXIDASE

Bristol-Myers Squibb Comp...

1. The compound of the formula
or a stereoisomer, a tautomer, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, wherein:
ring A is independently selected from: phenyl, naphthyl and a 6-membered heteroaryl comprising carbon atoms and 1 to 2 nitrogen atoms; wherein each ring moiety is substituted with 0-1 R2 and 0-3 R3;
R2 is independently selected from: halogen, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-1 OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 haloalkoxy, CN, CO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), —(CH2)n(X1)n(CH2)nR4, and —(CH2)nCONH(CH2)mR4;
X1 is independently selected from: O, CO, NR1 and S(O)p;
R1 is independently selected from: H and C1-4 alkyl;
R3 is, independently at each occurrence, selected from: OH, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkyl, and C1-4 haloalkoxy;
alternatively, when R2 and one of the R3s are attached to two adjacent carbon atoms of ring A selected from phenyl and pyridyl, they can be combined with the two attached carbon atoms to form a 5- to 6-membered carbocycle or heterocycle comprising carbon atoms and 0-3 additional heteroatoms selected from N, NRb, 0, and S(O)p, wherein said carbocycle or heterocycle is substituted with 0-2 Ra;
R4 is independently at each occurrence selected from: C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 Rc, phenyl substituted with 0-4 Rc, and 5- to 10-membered heterocycle comprising carbon atoms and 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, NRb, O, and S; wherein said heterocycle is substituted with 0-3 Rc;
Ra is, independently at each occurrence, selected from: OH, CN, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkyl, and C1-4 haloalkoxy;
Rb is, independently at each occurrence, selected from: H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, CO(C1-4 alkyl), CO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl, —(CH2)t-phenyl substituted with 0-1 Rd;
Rc is, independently at each occurrence, selected from: OH, halogen, C1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-1 OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 haloalkoxy, CN, CONH2, CONH(C1-4 alkyl), CON(C1-4 alkyl)2, —(O)n(CH2)t—C3-6 carbocycle, —(CH2)t(O)n(C3-6 carbocycle), and —(CH2)t-(5- to 6-membered heterocycle comprising carbon atoms and 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, NRb, O, and S); wherein said carbocycle and heterocycle are substituted with 0-2 Rd;
Rd is independently at each occurrence, selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-1 OH, C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, CN, —(CH2)t(O)n—(C3-6 carbocycle) and —(O)n(CH2)t—(C3-6 carbocycle);
m is, independently at each occurrence, selected from 1, 2 and 3;
n is, independently at each occurrence, selected from 0 and 1;
p is, independently at each occurrence, selected from 0, 1 and 2; and
t is, independently at each occurrence, selected from 0, 1, 2, and 3.

US Pat. No. 10,214,526

SUBSTITUTED PYRAZOLO[1,5-A]-PYRIDINE-3-CARBOXAMIDES AND USE THEREOF

Bayer Pharma Aktiengesell...

9. A medicament comprising the compound as defined in claim 1 in combination with one or more inert, nontoxic, pharmaceutically suitable excipients.

US Pat. No. 10,214,525

CHLORINATED NAPTHALENETETRACARBOXYLIC ACID DERIVATIVES, PREPARATION THEREOF AND USE THEREOF IN ORGANIC ELECTRONICS

BASF SE, Ludwigshafen (D...

1. A compound of the formula (I.Ba)
in which
R1 and R3 are each Cl and R2 and R4 are each hydrogen, or
R1 and R4 are each Cl and R2 and R3 are each hydrogen,
Ra and Rb are each independently 1H,1H-perfluoro-C2-C30-alkyl or 1H,1H,2H,2H-perfluoro-C3-C30-alkyl, wherein Ra and Rb are not each 1H,1H-perfluoro-C4-alkyl.

US Pat. No. 10,214,524

2-HETEROARYL CARBOXAMIDES

BAYER INTELLECTUAL PROPER...

1. A compound of the formula
for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease or schizophrenia, wherein
R1 is 1-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl, which is optionally substituted via the nitrogen atom by a radical selected from the group of C1-C4-alkyl, benzyl and oxy,
R2 is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl,
R3 is hydrogen, halogen or C1-C6-alkyl,
R4 is hydrogen, halogen, cyano, amino, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C1-C6-alkyl, C1-C6-alkylcarbonyl, C1-C6-alkylamino, formyl, hydroxycarbonyl, C1-C6-alkoxy, C1-C6-alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6-alkylthio, C1-C6-alkylcarbonylamino, C1-C6-alkylaminocarbonyl, C1-C4-alkylsulphonylamino, C3-C8-cycloalkylcarbonylamino, C3-C6-cycloalkylaminocarbonyl, pyrrolyl, C1-C6-alkylaminocarbonylamino, heterocyclylcarbonyl, heterocyclylcarbonylamino, heteroarylcarbonylamino, hydroxyl, phenyl or heterocyclyl,
wherein C1-C6-alkyl is optionally substituted by hydroxyl, cyano, amino, C1-C6-alkylaminocarbonylamino, C1-C6-alkylaminocarboxyl, heterocyclyl or aryl, C1-C6-alkylaminocarbonyl is optionally substituted by C1-C6-alkoxy or C1-C6-alkylamino, C1-C6-alkylcarbonylamino is optionally substituted by C1-C6-alkoxy, and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted by oxo,
A is oxygen or sulphur,
the ring B is benzo, optionally substituted by radicals from the series halogen, cyano, formyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, nitro, amino, C1-C6-alkyl and C1-C6-alkoxy,
and
E is C?C, arylene and heteroarylene, wherein arylene and heteroarylene are optionally substituted by radicals from the series halogen, cyano, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, nitro, amino, C1-C6-alkoxy and C1-C6-alkyl,
or a solvate, a salt or a solvate of a salt thereof.

US Pat. No. 10,214,523

PRODUCTION METHOD OF THIAZOLE DERIVATIVE

KYOWA HAKKO KIRIN CO., LT...

1. A production method of a compound represented by formula (C), comprising a step (i) of reacting a compound represented by formula (A) and a compound represented by formula (B):
where R1 represents furyl, R4, R5 and R6 independently represent lower alkyl or aryl, R2 represents pyridyl or tetrahydropyranyl, and X1 represents halogen.

US Pat. No. 10,214,522

ANTI-ALPHAVBETA1 INTEGRIN INHIBITORS AND METHODS OF USE

The Regents of the Univer...

1. A method for treating fibrosis, said method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound, or a salt thereof, having the formula:
wherein,
Ring A is substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
Ring C is aryl or heteroaryl;
L2 is independently a bond or substituted, unsubstituted C1-C10 alkylene, or unsubstituted 2 to 10 membered heteroalkylene;
L3 is a bond, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C10 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 10 membered heteroalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted arylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene, or substituted or unsubstituted alkylarylene;
Y is —C(O)N(R4)—, —O—, —C(O)O—, —S—, —N(SO2R4)—, —N(C(O)R4)—, —N(C(O)OR4)—, —N(R4)C(O)—, —N(R4)—, —N(R4)C(O)NH—, —NHC(O)N(R4)—, —N(R4)C(O)O—, —C(O)—, —N(R4)CH2—, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, or substituted or unsubstituted arylene;
R1 is independently halogen, —N3, —CX3, —CHX2, —CH2X, —CN, —CHO, —OH, —NH2, —COOH, —CONH2, —NO2, —SH, —SO2, —SO2CH3 —SO3H, —OSO3H, —SO2NH2, —SO2Ph, —NHNH2, —ONH2, —NHC(O)NHNH2, —OPO3H, —PO3H2, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or a detectable moiety;
R2 is —NR3AR3B, —C(NH)NH2, —C(NH)R3B, —C(NR3A)NH2, —C(NR3A)R3B, —C(NCN)NH2, —NH2, —C(NH)NHR3B, —C(NR3A)NHR3B, —C(NCN)NHR3B, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted fused ring heteroaryl;
R3A and R3B are independently hydrogen, —C(NH)NH2, —C(NH)R3D, —C(NR3C)NH2, —C(NR3C)R3D, —C(NCN)NH2, —NH2, —C(NH)NHR3D, —C(NR3C)NHR3D, —C(NCN)NHR3D, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, wherein R3A and R3B are optionally joined to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
R3C is hydrogen, halogen, —N3, —CX1C3, —CHX1C2, —CH2X1C, —CN, —CHO, —OH, —NH2, —COOH, —CONH2, —NO2, —SH, —SO2, —SO2CH3 —SO3H, —SO4H, —SO2NH2, —NHNH2, —ONH2, —NHC(O)NHNH2, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
R3D is hydrogen, halogen, —N3, —CX1D3, —CHX1D2, —CH2X1D, —CN, —CHO, —OH, —NH2, —COOH, —CONH2, —NO2, —SH, —SO2, —SO2CH3 —SO3H, —SO4H, —SO2NH2, —NHNH2, —ONH2, —NHC(O)NHNH2, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
R4 is hydrogen or unsubstituted C1-C5 alkyl;
R12 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or a prodrug moiety;
each X, X1C and X1D is independently —F, —Cl, —Br, or —I; and
z1 is an integer from 0 to 5.

US Pat. No. 10,214,521

FUSED HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS AS GPR120 AGONISTS

Piramal Enterprises Limit...

1. A compound of formula (I);
wherein,
X1 is —O—;
X2 is —CR?—;
Ring A is (C6-C10)aryl;
Ring B is (C6-C10)aryl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or a saturated or partially unsaturated 3- to 11-membered heterocyclyl ring containing one to four heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of O, N and S;
R1 is hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl;
R2 at each occurrence is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, —NR5R6, —C(O)R5, —C(O)NR5R6, —S(O)tR7, (C1-C6)alkyl, halo(C1-C6)alkyl, —O(C1-C6)alkyl and (C6-C10)aryl;
R3 and R4 at each occurrence are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, oxo, cyano, nitro, —NR5R6, —C(O)R5, —C(O)NR5R6, —S(O)tR7, (C1-C6)alkyl, halo(C1-C6)alkyl, hydroxy, —O(C1-C6)alkyl, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, (C6-C10)aryl, —O(C6-C10)aryl, heterocyclyl and heteroaryl;
R5 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C6-C10)aryl, heterocyclyl and heteroaryl;
R7 is hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl or —NR5R6;
R? is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, —C(O)(C1-C6)alkyl, —C(O)O(C1-C6)alkyl and —S(O)2(C1-C6)alkyl;
Ra and Rb at each occurrence are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and (C1-C6)alkyl;
n is 3;
p is an integer from 1 to 3;
q is an integer from 1 to 4;
t is an integer from 0 to 2;
------- represents a single bond;
wherein,
(C1-C6)alkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, —NR5R6, —C(O)R5, —C(O)NR5R6, —S(O)tR7, (C1-C6)alkyl, halo(C1-C6)alkyl, —O(C1-C6)alkyl, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, (C6-C10)aryl, heterocyclyl and heteroaryl; wherein R5, R6, R7 and t are as defined above;
—O(C1-C6)alkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, —NR5R6, —C(O)R5, —C(O)NR5R6, —S(O)tR7, (C1-C6)alkyl, halo(C1-C6)alkyl, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, (C6-C10)aryl and heterocyclyl; wherein R5, R6, R7 and t are as defined above;
(C3-C8)cycloalkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, —NR5R6, —C(O)R5, —C(O)NR5R6, —S(O)tR7, (C1-C6)alkyl, halo(C1-C6)alkyl and —O(C1-C6)alkyl; wherein R5, R6, R7 and t are as defined above;
(C5-C8)cycloalkenyl is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, —NR5R6, —C(O)R5, —C(O)NR5R6, —S(O)tR7, (C1-C6)alkyl, halo(C1-C6)alkyl and —O(C1-C6)alkyl; wherein R5, R6, R7 and t are as defined above;
(C6-C10)aryl is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro,
—C(O)R5, —C(O)OR5, —S(O)tR7, —NR5R6, (C1-C6)alkyl, halo(C1-C6)alkyl, —O(C1-C6)alkyl, halo(C1-C6)alkoxy, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, (C6-C10)aryl, —O(C6-C10)aryl, heterocyclyl and heteroaryl, wherein R5, R6, R7 and t are as defined above;
heterocyclyl is a 3- to 11-membered ring, which is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, —C(O)R5, —C(O)OR5, —S(O)tR7, —NR5R6, (C1-C6)alkyl, halo(C1-C6)alkyl, —O(C1-C6)alkyl, halo(C1-C6)alkoxy, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, (C6-C10)aryl, heterocyclyl and heteroaryl; wherein R5, R6, R7 and t are as defined above;
heteroaryl is a 5- to 10-membered ring, which is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, —C(O)R5, —C(O)OR5, —S(O)tR7, —NR5R6, (C1-C6)alkyl, halo(C1-C6)alkyl, —O(C1-C6)alkyl, halo(C1-C6)alkoxy, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, (C6-C10)aryl, heterocyclyl and heteroaryl; wherein R5, R6, R7 and t are as defined above;
halogen is chlorine, bromine, iodine or fluorine;
or an isotopic form, a stereoisomer, a tautomer, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, a prodrug, a polymorph, N-oxide, S-oxide, or a carboxylic acid isostere thereof, wherein the carboxylic acid isostere is selected from:
wherein R is hydrogen or (C1-C3)alkyl.

US Pat. No. 10,214,520

SUBSTITUTED AZASPIRO(4.5)DECANE DERIVATIVES

GRUENENTHAL GMBH, Aachen...

1. A compound of the general formula (1)
wherein
Y1, Y1?, Y2?, Y2?, Y3, Y3?, Y4 and Y4? in each case independently of each other are chosen from the group consisting of —H, —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —CN, —NO2, —CHO, —R0, —C(?O)R0, —C(?O)H, —C(?O)—OH, —C(?O)OR0, —C(?O)NH2, —C(?O)NHR0, —C(?O)N(R0)2, —OH, —OR0, —OC(?O)H, —OC(?O)R0, —OC(?O)OR0, —OC(?O)NHR0, —OC(?O)N(R0)2, —SH, —SR0, —SO3H, —S(?O)1-2—R0, —S(?O)1-2NH2, —S(?O)1-2—NHR0, —S(?O)1-2—N(R0)2, —NH2, —NHR0, —N(R0)2, —N+(R0)3, —N+(R0)2O?, —NHC(?O)R0, —NHC(?O)OR0, —NHC(?O)NH2, —NHC(?O)NHR0 and —NHC(?O)N(R0)2; or Y1 and Y1?, or Y2 and Y2?, or Y3 and Y3?, or Y4 and Y4? together represent ?O;
X1, X1?, X2, X2?, X3 and X3 in each case independently of each other represent —H, —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —NO2, —CF3, —OR5, —SR5, —SO2R5, —S(?O)2OR5, —CN, —COOR5, —CONR5, —NR6R7, or —R0; or X1 and X1?, or X2 and X2?, or X3 and X3? together represent ?O;
or X1 and X2 or X2 and X3 together represent —(CH2)2-6—, wherein individual hydrogen atoms can also be replaced by —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —NO2, —CF3, —OR5, —CN or —C1-6-aliphatic;
or X1 and X1? or X2 and X2? or X3 and X3? in each case together represent a C3-6-cycloaliphatic, wherein individual hydrogen atoms can also be replaced by —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —NO2, —CF3, —OR5, —CN or —C1-6-aliphatic;
R0 in each case independently represents —C1-8-aliphatic, —C3-12-cycloaliphatic, -aryl, -heteroaryl, —C1-8-aliphatic-C3-12-cycloaliphatic, —C1-8-aliphatic-aryl, —C1-8-aliphatic-heteroaryl, —C3-8-cycloaliphatic-C1-8-aliphatic, —C3-8-cycloaliphatic-aryl or —C3-8-cycloaliphatic-heteroaryl;
R1 and R2 independently of each other represent —H or —R0; or R1 and R2 together represent —CH2CH2OCH2CH2—, —CH2CH2NR8CH2CH2— or —(OH2)3-6—;
R3 represents —R0;
R4 represents —R11, —O(?O)R11, —O(?O)OR12, —C(?O)N(R12)2; —O(?O)—O—O(C?O)—R12—S(?O)R11 or —S(?O)2R11;
R5 in each case independently represents —H or —R0;
R6 and R7 independently of each other represent —H or —R0; or R6 and R7 together represent —CH2CH2OCH2CH2—, —CH2CH2NR10CH2CH2— or —(OH2)3-6—;
R8 represents —H, —R0 or —O(?O)R0;
R9 represents —H, —R0 or —OR5, or —NR6R7;
R10 represents —H or —C1-6-aliphatic;
R11 represents
a) —C1-6-alkyl, —C3-6-cycloalkyl, or —C1-3-alkyl-C3-6-cycloalkyl, wherein in the C3-6-cycloalkyl group a ring carbon atom can be replaced by an oxygen atom and —C1-6-alkyl, —C3-6-cycloalkyl or —C1-3-alkyl-C3-6-cycloalkyl is mono- or polysubstituted by substituents independently of each other selected from the group consisting of —NO2, —CHO, ?O, —O(?O)R0, —O(?O)H, —C(?O)—OH, —O(?O)OR0, —C(?O)NH2, —C(?O)NHR0, —C(?O)N(R0)2, —OH, —OR0, —OC(?O)H, —OC(?O)R0, —OC(?O)OR0, —OC(?O)NHR0, —OC(?O)N(R0)2, —SH, —SR0, —SO3H, —S(?O)1-2R0, —S(?O)1-2NH2, —S(?O)1-2—NHR0, —S(?O)1-2—N(R0)2, —NH2, —NHR0, —N(R0)2, —N+(R0)3, —N+(R0)2O?, —NHC(?O)R0, —NHC(?O)OR0, —NHC(?O)NH2, —NHC(?O)NHR0, —NH—C(?O)N(R0)2, —Si(R0)3 and —PO(OR0)2;
or
b) unsubstituted or mono- or polysubstituted —C7-8-alkyl, —C7-12-cycloalkyl or C3-12-cycloheteroalkyl having up to 3 hetero atoms in the ring selected from the group of O, N and S, with the proviso that heterocycles having only one oxygen atom as a hetero atom are excluded,
or
c) -aryl, -heteroaryl, —C4-8-cycloalkyl-C3-12-cycloaliphatic, —C1-8-aliphatic-aryl, —C1-8-aliphatic-heteroaryl, —C3-8-cycloaliphatic-C1-8-aliphatic, —C3-8-cycloaliphatic-aryl or —C3-8-cycloaliphatic-heteroaryl,
and R12 represents H, —C1-8-aliphatic, —C3-12-cycloaliphatic, -aryl, -heteroaryl, —C1-8-aliphatic-C3-12-cycloaliphatic, —C1-8-aliphatic-aryl, —C1-8-aliphatic-heteroaryl, —C3-8-cycloaliphatic-C1-8-aliphatic, —C3-8-cycloaliphatic-aryl or —C3-8-cycloaliphatic-heteroaryl;
wherein
“aliphatic” in each case is a branched or unbranched, saturated or a mono- or polyunsaturated, unsubstituted or mono- or polysubstituted, aliphatic hydrocarbon radical;
“cycloaliphatic” in each case is a saturated or mono- or polyunsaturated, unsubstituted or mono- or polysubstituted, alicyclic, mono- or multicyclic hydrocarbon radical;
wherein with respect to “aliphatic”, including —C4-8-alkyl, —C7-12-alkyl, and “cycloaliphatic” including —C7-12-cycloalkyl or C3-12-cycloheteroalkyl “mono- or polysubstituted” is understood as meaning substitution once or several times of one or more hydrogen atoms by —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —CN, —NO2, —CHO, ?O, —R0, —O(?O)R0, —O(?O)H, —C(?O)—OH, —O(?O)OR0, —C(?O)NH2, —C(?O)NHR0, —C(?O)N(R0)2, —OH, —OR0, —OC(?O)H, —OC(?O)R0, —OC(?O)OR0, —OC(?O)NHR0, —OC(?O)N(R0)2, —SH, —SR0, —SO3H, —S(?O)1-2—R0, —S(?O)1-2NH2, —NH2, —NHR0, —N(R0)2, —N+(R0)3, —N+(R0)2O?, —NHC(?O)R0, —NHC(?O)OR0, —NHC(?O)NH2, —NHC(?O)NHR0, —NH—C(?O)N(R0)2, —Si(R0)3, —PO(OR0)2;
“aryl” in each case independently represents a carbocyclic ring system having at least one aromatic ring, but without hetero atoms in this ring, wherein the aryl radicals can optionally be fused with further saturated, (partially) unsaturated or aromatic ring systems and each aryl radical can be unsubstituted or mono- or polysubstituted, wherein the substituents on aryl can be identical or different and can be in any desired and possible position of the aryl;
“heteroaryl” represents a 5-, 6- or 7-membered cyclic aromatic radical which contains 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 hetero atoms, wherein the hetero atoms are identical or different and are nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur and the heterocycle can be unsubstituted or mono- or polysubstituted; wherein in the case of substitution on the heterocycle the substituents can be identical or different and can be in any desired and possible position of the heteroaryl; and wherein the heterocycle can also be part of a bi- or polycyclic system;
wherein with respect to “aryl” and “heteroaryl”, “mono- or polysubstituted” is understood as meaning substitution once or several times of one or more hydrogen atoms of the ring system by substituents chosen from the group consisting of —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —CN, —NO2, —CHO, ?O, —R0, —C(?O)R0, —C(?O)H, —C(?O)OH, —C(?O)OR0, —C(?O)NH2, —C(?O)NHR0, —C(?O)—N(R0)2, —OH, —O(CH2)1-2O—, —OR0, —OC(?O)H, —OC(?O)R0, —OC(?O)OR0, —OC(?O)NHR0, —OC(?O)N(R0)2, —SH, —SR0, —SO3H, —S(?O)1-2R0, —S(?O)1-2NH2, —NH2, —NHR0, —N(R0)2, —N+(R0)3, —N+(R0)2O?, —NHC(?O)R0, —NHC(?O)OR0, —NHC(?O)NH2, —NHC(?O)NHR0, —NHC(?O)N(R0)2, —Si(R0)3, —PO(OR0)2; wherein N ring atoms optionally present can in each case be oxidised (N-oxide);
in the form of an individual stereoisomer or mixture thereof, the free compounds and/or its physiologically acceptable salts and/or solvates.

US Pat. No. 10,214,519

PHOSPHATIDYLINOSITOL 3-KINASE INHIBITORS

Gilead Sciences, Inc., F...

1. A compound having the structure of formula (I):
wherein n is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
m is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
s is 1 or 2;
t is 1 or 2;
each R1 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, —C(O)Ra,—C(O)ORb, —C(O)NRaRb, —N(Ra)C(O)Rb, —S(O)NRaRb, —S(O)2NRaRb, —S(O)Ra, —S(O)2Ra, —NRaRb, —ORa, —SRb, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S;
wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one to four R100;
R2 is selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, —C(O)Ra, —C(O)ORb, —C(O)NRaRb, —N(Ra)C(O)Rb, —S(O)NRaRb, —S(O)2NRaRb, —S(O)Ra, —S(O)2Ra, —NRaRb, —ORa, —SRb, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S;
wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one to four R101;
R3 is selected from C6-10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S;
wherein each C6-10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one to four R102;
R4 is selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, acyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl and C1-6 alkyl sulfonyl;
each R5 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, —C(O)Ra, —C(O)ORb, —C(O)NRaRb, —N(Ra)C(O)Rb, —S(O)NRaRb, —S(O)2NRaRb, —S(O)Ra, —S(O)2Ra, —NRaRb, —ORa, —SRb, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S;
wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one to four R103;
each R6 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, —C(O)Ra, —C(O)ORb, —C(O)NRaRb, —N(Ra)C(O)Rb, —S(O)NRaRb, —S(O)2NRaRb, —S(O)Ra, —S(O)2Ra, —NRaRb, —ORa, —SRb, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl or C2-6 alkynyl;
each Ra and Rb is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl and C2-6 alkynyl;
wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, is optionally substituted with one to four R200;
each R100, R101, R102, and R103 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, oxo, thioxo, vinyl, —C(O)Ra, —C(O)ORb, —C(O)NRaRb, —N(Ra)C(O)Rb, —S(O)NRaRb, —S(O)2NRaRb, —S(O)Ra, —S(O)2Ra, —NRaRb, —ORa, —SRb, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl;
wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 alkynyl, is optionally substituted with one to four R201; and,
each R200 and R201 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, oxo, thioxo, vinyl, —C(O)Rc, —C(O)ORd, —C(O)NRcRd, —N(Rc)C(O)Rd, —S(O)NRdRd, —S(O)2NRcRd, —S(O)Rc, —S(O)2Rc, —NRcRd, —ORc, —SRc, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6alkenyl and C2-6 alkynyl;
each Rc and Rd is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl and C2-6 alkynyl;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof.

US Pat. No. 10,214,517

LFA-1 INHIBITOR AND METHODS OF PREPARATION AND POLYMORPH THEREOF

SARCODE BIOSCIENCE INC., ...

1. A crystalline form of the compound of Formula I:
or a salt thereof,
which is crystalline Form II.

US Pat. No. 10,214,516

5-(N-FUSED TRICYCLIC ARYL TETRAHYDROISOQUINOLIN-6-YL) PYRIDIN-3-YL ACETIC ACID DERIVATIVES AS INHIBITORS OF HUMAN IMMUNODEFICIENCY VIRUS REPLICATION

VIIV HEALTHCARE UK (NO.5)...

1. A compound of Formula I
wherein:
R1 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, or cycloalkyl;
R2 is tetrahydroisoquinolinyl substituted with 1 R6 substituent and is substituted with 0-3 halo or alkyl substituents;
R3 is selected from azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, homopiperidinyl, homopiperazinyl, or homomorpholinyl, and is substituted with 0-3 substituents selected from cyano, halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, and haloalkoxy;
R4 is selected from alkyl or haloalkyl;
R5 is alkyl; and
R6 is selected from phenanthrolinyl, phenanthridinyl, pyridofuropyrimidinyl, imidazothiazolopyridinyl, benzofuropyrimidinyl, benzothienopyrimidinyl, or pyrimidoindolyl, and is substituted with 0-3 substituents selected from cyano, halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, thioalkyl, and haloalkoxy;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

US Pat. No. 10,214,514

HEDGEHOG ANTAGONISTS HAVING ZINC BINDING MOIETIES

Curis, Inc., Lexington, ...

1. A compound of Formula (VI):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof;
wherein
Q is substituted or unsubstituted aryl or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
G is substituted or unsubstituted aryl or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
K is halogen;
X is absent, —O—, —N(R2)—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, —C(O)—, —C(O)O—, —OC(O)—, —C(O)N(R2)—, —N(R2)C(O)—, —S(O)2N(R2)—, or —N(R2)S(O)2—;
R2 is hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl;
B is a direct bond, straight chain C1-C10 alkyl, C1-C10 alkenyl, C1-C10 alkynyl, C1-C10 alkoxy, alkoxyC1-C10alkoxy, C1-C10 alkylamino, alkoxyC1-C10alkylamino, C1-C10 alkylcarbonylamino, C1-C10 alkylaminocarbonyl, aryloxyC1-C10alkoxy, aryloxyC1-C10alkylamino, aryloxyC1-C10alkylamino carbonyl, C1-C10-alkylaminoalkylaminocarbonyl, C1-C10 alkyl(N-alkyl)aminoalkyl-aminocarbonyl, alkylaminoalkylamino, alkylcarbonylaminoalkylamino, alkyl(N-alkyl)aminoalkylamino, (N-alkyl)alkylcarbonylaminoalkylamino, alkylaminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkylaminoalkyl, alkylpiperazinoalkyl, piperazinoalkyl, alkylpiperazino, alkenylaryloxyC1-C10alkoxy, alkenylarylaminoC1-C10alkoxy, alkenylaryllalkylaminoC1-C10alkoxy, alkenylaryloxyC1-C10alkylamino, alkenylaryloxyC1-C10alkylaminocarbonyl, piperazinoalkylaryl, heteroarylC1-C10alkyl, heteroarylC2-C10alkenyl, heteroarylC2-C10alkynyl, heteroarylC1-C10alkylamino, heteroarylC1-C10alkoxy, heteroaryloxyC1-C10alkyl, heteroaryloxyC2-C10alkenyl, heteroaryloxyC2-C10alkynyl, heteroaryloxyC1-C10alkylamino and heteroaryloxyC1-C10alkoxy, in each of which one or more methylenes is optionally interrupted or terminated by —O—, —N(R2)—, —C(O)—, —C(O)N(R2)—, or —C(O)O—; and
D is

where Y2 and R32 are absent, Z is N, W is O, R33 is H and R34 is hydroxyl.

US Pat. No. 10,214,513

HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS USEFUL FOR KINASE INHIBITION

AMITECH THERAPEUTIC SOLUT...

1. A compound having the structure (IV) or an N-oxide, N,N?-dioxide, N,N?,N?-trioxide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
wherein:
Z1 and Z2 are N;
Z3 is NR5, wherein R5 is hydrogen or an unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl;
R1 is a C6 heteroaryl having 1 or 2 nitrogens optionally substituted with alkylthio or amino;
R4 is independently selected from a group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and an unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl;
n is 1 or 2; and
R13 is selected from a group consisting of the following structures:

US Pat. No. 10,214,512

FACTOR XIA INHIBITORS

1. A compound of the formula:
wherein
 is aryl or heteroaryl, which is optionally substituted with one to three groups independently selected from the group consisting of halo, oxo, cyano, R6, OR6, C(O)OR6, C1-3 alkyl-C(O)OR6, NR6R7, NH3+, C1-3 alkyl-NR7R8, NHC(O)R6, NHC(O)OR6, NHC(O)OC3-6 cycloalkyl, NHC(O)O—C1-3 alkyl-OR7, NHC(O)O—C1-3 alkyl-C(O)OH, C1-3 alkyl-NHC(O)OR7, NHC(O)NR7R8, NHSO2R6, C(O)NR7R8, CH2C(O)NR7R8 and NHCONH—C1-3 alkyl-heterocyclyl;
 is aryl or heteroaryl, which is optionally substituted with one to three groups independently selected from the group consisting of halo, cyano, oxido, oxo, cyclopropyl, R6, OR6, C(O)OR6, C1-3 alkyl- C(O)OR6, C(O)NR6R7 and NR6R7;
W is N or N+O?;
Y—X is —C(O)NR6—, —C(O)O—, —CHC(O)OR7—NR6—, —CR6R7—C(O)NR6—, —CHC(O)R7—NR6—, —CHC(O)OR7—CH2—, —CHC(O)NR6R7—NR6—, —CHCR6R7OR8—NR6—, —CHCR6R7—NR6R7—NR6—, —OC(O)NR6—, —NR6C(O)NR6- or -SO2NR6—;
Z is C3-8 alkylene or C3-8 alkenylene, wherein one or two of the carbon atoms in said alkylene and alkenylene may be replaced with O, NR6, C?O, C(O)NR6, NR6C(O), S, SO or SO2;
R1 is aryl, heteroaryl, C3-6 cycloalkyl or heteroalkyl, wherein said aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl groups are optionally substituted with one to four substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, nitro, cyano, oxo, R6, OR6, C(O)R6, C(O)OR6, NR6R7, C1-3 alkyl-NR6R7, NHC(O)R7, NHC(O)OR7, C(NH)NR6R7, C3-6 cycloalkyl and heteroaryl (which is optionally substituted with halo, cyano, cyclopropyl, C(O)OH, C(O)NR6R7 or R6);
R2 is hydrogen, cyano, halo, R6 or OR6;
R3 is hydrogen, cyano, halo, R6 or OR6;
each R4 is independently C1-6 alkyl, CO2R6, COR6 or CONR7R8, wherein said alkyl is optionally substituted with one to three halo;
R5 is hydrogen, halo or C1-6 alkyl;
or one of R4 and R5 can be taken together with the atoms between them to form a 3 to 6 membered ring;
each R6 is independently hydrogen or C1-6 alkyl, which is optionally substituted with one to three groups independently selected from the group consisting of halo and hydroxy;
each R7 is independently hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl, wherein said alkyl group is optionally substituted with one to three groups independently selected from the group consisting of halo and hydroxy;
each R8 is independently hydrogen or C1-6 alkyl;
Ra is hydrogen, hydroxy or O(C1-6 alkyl);
n is an integer between zero and three;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

US Pat. No. 10,214,511

QUINAZOLINES AS POTASSIUM ION CHANNEL INHIBITORS

Bristol-Myers Squibb Comp...

1. A compound, wherein the compound isor salt thereof.

US Pat. No. 10,214,510

N-CYCLOALKYL-N-(BIHETEROCYCLYLETHYLENE)-(THIO)CARBOXAMIDE DERIVATIVES

Bayer CropScience Aktieng...

1. A compound of formula (I)
wherein:
A is selected from the group consisting of:
a heterocycle of formula (A?)

wherein:
R1, R2, and R3 are the same or different, and are independently a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom;
substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkoxy or C1-C5-halogenoalkoxy comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different;
a heterocycle of formula (A2)

wherein:
R4, R5, and R6 are the same or different, and are independently a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl; C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkoxy or C1-C5-halogenoalkoxy comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different;
a heterocycle of formula (A3)

wherein:
R7 is a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl;
C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkoxy or C1-C5-halogenoalkoxy comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; and
R8 is a hydrogen atom or a substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl;
a heterocycle of formula (A4)

wherein:
R9, R10, and R11 are the same or different and are independently a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl; amino; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkoxy; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkylsulfanyl; C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; or C1-C5-halogenoalkoxy comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different;
a heterocycle of formula (A5)

wherein:
R12 and R13 are the same or different and are independently a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkoxy; amino; C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; or C1-C5-halogenoalkoxy comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; and
R14 is a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkoxy; amino; C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; or C1-C5-halogenoalkoxy comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different;
a heterocycle of formula (A6)

wherein:
R15 is a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; cyano; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkoxy; C1-C5-halogenoalkoxy comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; or C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different;
R16 and R18 are the same or different and are independently a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkoxycarbonyl; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl; C1-C5-halogenoalkoxy comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; or C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; and
R17 is a hydrogen atom or substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl;
a heterocycle of formula (A7)

wherein:
R19 is a hydrogen atom or a C1-C5-alkyl; and
R20, R21, and R22 are the same or different, and are independently a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl or C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different;
a heterocycle of formula (A8)

wherein:
R23 is a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl or C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; and
R24 is a hydrogen atom or substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl or C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different;
a heterocycle of formula (A9)

wherein:
R25 is a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl or C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; and
R26 is a hydrogen atom; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl or C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different;
a heterocycle of formula (A10)

wherein:
R27 is a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl or C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; and
R28 is a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl; C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; C1-C5-halogenoalkoxy comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; amino; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkylamino; or substituted or non-substituted di(C1-C5-alkyl)amino;
a heterocycle of formula (A11)

wherein:
R29 is a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkoxy; C1-C5-halogenoalkoxy comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; or C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; and
R30 is a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl; C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; C1-C5-halogenoalkoxy comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; amino; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkylamino; or substituted or non-substituted di(C1-C5-alkyl)amino;
a heterocycle of formula (A12)

wherein:
R31 is a hydrogen atom or a substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl;
R32 is a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl or C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; and
R33 is a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; nitro; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkoxy; C1-C5-halogenoalkoxy comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; or C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different;
a heterocycle of formula (A13)

wherein:
R34 is a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl; substituted or non-substituted C3-C5-cycloalkyl; C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkoxy; substituted or non-substituted C2-C5-alkynyloxy or C1-C5-halogenoalkoxy comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different;
R35 is a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl; cyano; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkoxy; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkylsulfanyl; C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; C1-C5-halogenoalkoxy comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; amino; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkylamino; or substituted or non-substituted di(C1-C5-alkyl)amino; and
R36 is a hydrogen atom or substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl;
a heterocycle of formula (A14)

wherein:
R37 and R38 are the same or different and are independently a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl; C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkoxy; or a substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkylsulfanyl; and
R39 is a hydrogen atom or substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl;
a heterocycle of formula (A15)

wherein:
R40 and R41 are the same or different, and are independently a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl or C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different;
a heterocycle of formula (A16)

wherein:
R42 and R43 are the same or different, and are independently a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl; C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; or amino;
a heterocycle of formula (A17)

wherein:
R44 and R45 are the same or different, and are independently a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl or C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different;
a heterocycle of formula (A18)

wherein:
R47 is a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl or C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; and
R46 is a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl; C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; or substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkylsulfanyl;
a heterocycle of formula (A19)

wherein:
R49 and R48 are the same or different, and are independently a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkoxy; C1-C5-halogenoalkoxy comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; or C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different;
a heterocycle of formula (A20)

wherein:
R50 and R51 are the same or different and are independently a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkoxy; C1-C5-halogenoalkoxy comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; or C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different;
a heterocycle of formula (A21)

wherein:
R52 is a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl or C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different;
a heterocycle of formula (A22)

wherein:
R53 is a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl or C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different;
a heterocycle of formula (A23)

wherein:
R54 and R56 are the same or different, and are independently a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl or C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; and
R55 is a hydrogen atom or substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl;
a heterocycle of formula (A24)

wherein:
R57 and R59 are the same or different, and are independently a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl or C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; and
R58 is a hydrogen atom or substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl;
a heterocycle of formula (A25)

wherein:
R60 and R61 are the same or different and are independently a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl or C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; and
R62 is a hydrogen atom or substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl;
and
a heterocycle of formula (A26)

wherein:
R65 is a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl; substituted or non-substituted C3-C5-cycloalkyl; C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkoxy; substituted or non-substituted C2-C5-alkynyloxy or C1-C5-halogenoalkoxy comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different;
R63 is a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl; cyano; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkoxy; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkylsulfanyl; C1-C5-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; C1-C5-halogenoalkoxy comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; amino; substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkylamino or di(C1-C5-alkyl)amino; and
R64 is a hydrogen atom or substituted or non-substituted C1-C5-alkyl;
T is O or S;
n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
L is a direct bond, CZ6Z7, O, S, SO, SO2, or NZ8;
B1 is a substituted or non-substituted thienyl ring; a substituted or non-substituted benzothiophenyl ring; a substituted or non-substituted pyridinyl ring; a substituted or non-substituted furyl ring; a substituted or non-substituted imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl ring; or a substituted or non-substituted benzofuranyl ring;
B2 is a thienyl ring; a benzothiophenyl ring; a pyridinyl ring; a quinolinyl ring; a furyl ring; a benzofuranyl ring; or a pyrimidinyl ring; wherein B2 is optionally substituted by up to 6 Y groups which can be the same or different;
with the proviso that B2 is not a pyridyl ring when L is a direct bond, CZ6Z7, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or NZ8, and A is a 1-C1-C4-alkyl-3-(difluoro or dichloro)methyl-5-(chloro or fluoro)-4-pyrazolyl moiety;
Z1 is a non-substituted C3-C7-cycloalkyl or a C3-C7-cycloalkyl substituted by up to 10 atoms or groups that are the same or different and that are selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, cyano, C1-C8-alkyl, C1-C8-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different, C1-C8-alkoxy, C1-C8-halogenoalkoxy comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different, C1-C8-alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C8-halogenoalkoxycarbonyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different, C1-C8-alkylaminocarbonyl, and di-C1-C8-alkylaminocarbonyl;
with the proviso that Z1 is not a non-substituted cyclopropyl when B1 is:
a 5-substituted (by B2) pyridin-2-yl group, or
a 6-substituted (by B2) pyridin-3-yl group, and
B2 is a thienyl or furyl group;
Z2, Z3, Z4 and Z5 are the same or different, and are independently a hydrogen atom; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkyl; substituted or non-substituted C2-C8-alkenyl; substituted or non-substituted C2-C8-alkynyl; cyano; isonitrile; nitro; a halogen atom; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkoxy; substituted or non-substituted C2-C8-alkenyloxy; substituted or non-substituted C2-C8-alkynyloxy; substituted or non-substituted C3-C7-cycloalkyl; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkylsulfanyl; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkylsulfonyl; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkylsulfinyl; amino; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkylamino; substituted or non-substituted di-C1-C8-alkylamino; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkoxycarbonyl; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkylcarbamoyl; substituted or non-substituted di-C1-C8-alkylcarbamoyl; or substituted or non-substituted N—C1-C8-alkyl-C1-C8-alkoxy-carbamoyl; or
Zi and Zi+1, wherein i is an integer from 2 to 4, are taken together with the carbon atom(s) to which they are attached to form a substituted or non-substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl; or
Z5 and the substituent X vicinal to the point of attachment of the B1 heterocyclic ring are taken together with the consecutive carbon atoms to which they are attached to form a substituted or non-substituted 5-, 6-, or 7-membered, partly saturated, carbo- or heterocycle comprising up to 3 heteroatoms and Z4 is as defined above;
Z6 and Z7 are independently a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; cyano; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkyl; C1-C8-halogenoalkyl comprising 1 to 5 halogen atoms; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkoxy; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkylsulfanyl; or substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkoxycarbonyl; or
Z6 and Z7 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a C(?O) carbonyl group;
Z8 is a hydrogen atom; a substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkyl; a C1-C8-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; substituted or non-substituted C2-C8-alkenyl; C2-C8-halogenoalkenyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; substituted or non-substituted C3-C8-alkynyl; C3-C8-halogenoalkynyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; substituted or non-substituted C3-C7-cycloalkyl; C3-C7-halogeno-cycloalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; substituted or non-substituted C3-C7-cycloalkyl-C1-C8-alkyl; formyl; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkylcarbonyl; C1-C8-halogenoalkylcarbonyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkoxycarbonyl; C1-C8-halogenoalkoxycarbonyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkylsulfonyl; C1-C8-halogenoalkylsulfonyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different; substituted or non-substituted benzyl; or substituted or non-substituted phenylsulfonyl;
each X, where present, is independently a halogen atom; nitro; cyano; isonitrile; hydroxy; amino; sulfanyl; pentafluoro-?6-sulfanyl; formyl; formyloxy; formylamino; substituted or non-substituted (hydroxyimino)-C1-C8-alkyl; substituted or non-substituted (C1-C8-alkoxyimino)-C1-C8-alkyl; substituted or non-substituted (C2-C8-alkenyloxyimino)-C1-C8-alkyl; substituted or non-substituted (C2-C8-alkynyloxyimino)-C1-C8-alkyl; substituted or non-substituted (benzyloxyimino)-C1-C8-alkyl; carboxy; carbamoyl; N-hydroxycarbamoyl; carbamate; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkyl; C1-C8-halogenoalkyl comprising 1 to 9 halogen atoms; substituted or non-substituted C2-C8-alkenyl; C2-C8-halogenoalkenyl comprising 1 to 9 halogen atoms; substituted or non-substituted C2-C8-alkynyl; C2-C8-halogenoalkynyl comprising 1 to 9 halogen atoms; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkoxy; C1-C8-halogenoalkoxy comprising 1 to 9 halogen atoms; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkylsulfanyl; C1-C8-halogenoalkylsulfanyl comprising 1 to 9 halogen atoms; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkylsulfinyl; C1-C8-halogenoalkylsulfinyl comprising 1 to 9 halogen atoms; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkylsulfonyl; C1-C8-halogenoalkylsulfonyl comprising 1 to 9 halogen atoms; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkylamino; substituted or non-substituted di-C1-C8-alkylamino; substituted or non-substituted C2-C8-alkenyloxy; C2-C8-halogenoalkenyloxy comprising 1 to 9 halogen atoms; substituted or non-substituted C3-C8-alkynyloxy; C2-C8-halogenoalkynyloxy comprising 1 to 9 halogen atoms; substituted or non-substituted C3-C7-cycloalkyl; C3-C7-halogenocycloalkyl comprising 1 to 9 halogen atoms; substituted or non-substituted (C3-C7-cycloalkyl)-C1-C8-alkyl; substituted or non-substituted C4-C7-cycloalkenyl; C4-C7-halogenocycloalkenyl comprising 1 to 9 halogen atoms; substituted or non-substituted (C3-C7-cycloalkyl)-C2-C8-alkenyl; substituted or non-substituted (C3-C7-cycloalkyl)-C2-C8-alkynyl; substituted or non-substituted tri(C1-C8)alkylsilyl; substituted or non-substituted tri(C1-C8)alkylsilyl-C1-C8-alkyl; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkylcarbonyl; C1-C8-halogenoalkylcarbonyl comprising 1 to 9 halogen atoms; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkylcarbonyloxy; C1-C8-halogenoalkylcarbonyloxy comprising 1 to 9 halogen atoms; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkylcarbonylamino; C1-C8-halogenoalkylcarbonylamino comprising 1 to 9 halogen atoms; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkoxycarbonyl; C1-C8-halogenoalkoxycarbonyl comprising 1 to 9 halogen atoms; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkyloxycarbonyloxy; C1-C8-halogenoalkoxycarbonyloxy comprising 1 to 9 halogen atoms; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkylcarbamoyl; substituted or non-substituted di-C1-C8-alkylcarbamoyl; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkylaminocarbonyloxy; substituted or non-substituted di-C1-C8-alkylaminocarbonyloxy; substituted or non-substituted N—(C1-C8-alkyl)hydroxy carbamoyl; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkoxycarbamoyl; substituted or non-substituted N—(C1-C8-alkyl)-C1-C8-alkoxycarbamoyl; aryl optionally substituted by up to 6 Q groups which are the same or different; aryl-C1-C8-alkyl optionally substituted by up to 6 Q groups which are the same or different; aryl-C2-C8-alkenyl optionally substituted by up to 6 Q groups which are the same or different; aryl-C2-C8-alkynyl optionally substituted by up to 6 Q groups which are the same or different; aryloxy optionally substituted by up to 6 Q groups which are the same or different; arylsulfanyl optionally substituted by up to 6 Q groups which are the same or different; arylamino optionally substituted by up to 6 Q groups which are the same or different; aryl-C1-C8-alkyloxy optionally substituted by up to 6 Q groups which are the same or different; aryl-C1-C8-alkylsulfanyl optionally substituted by up to 6 Q groups which are the same or different; or aryl-C1-C8-alkylamino optionally substituted by up to 6 Q groups which are the same or different;
each Y, where present, is independently a halogen atom; cyano; hydroxy; amino; sulfanyl; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkyl; C1-C8-halogenoalkyl comprising 1 to 9 halogen atoms; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkoxy; C1-C8-halogenoalkoxy comprising 1 to 9 halogen atoms; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkylsulfanyl; C1-C8-halogenoalkylsulfanyl comprising 1 to 9 halogen atoms; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkylsulfinyl; C1-C8-halogenoalkylsulfinyl comprising 1 to 9 halogen atoms; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkylsulfonyl; C1-C8-halogenoalkylsulfonyl comprising 1 to 9 halogen atoms; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkylamino; substituted or non-substituted di-C1-C8-alkylamino; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkylcarbonyl; C1-C8-halogenoalkylcarbonyl comprising 1 to 9 halogen atoms; substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkoxycarbonyl; C1-C8-halogenoalkoxycarbonyl comprising 1 to 9 halogen atoms; or aryl optionally substituted by up to 6 Q groups which are the same or different;
each Q, where present, is independently a halogen atom, cyano, nitro, substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkyl, C1-C8-halogenoalkyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different, substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkoxy, C1-C8-halogenoalkoxy comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different, substituted or non-substituted C1-C8-alkylsulfanyl, C1-C8-halogenoalkylsulfanyl comprising up to 9 halogen atoms that are the same or different, substituted or non-substituted tri(C1-C8)alkylsilyl, substituted or non-substituted tri(C1-C8)alkylsilyl-C1-C8-alkyl, substituted or non-substituted (C1-C8-alkoxyimino)-C1-C8-alkyl, or substituted or non-substituted (benzyloxyimino)-C1-C8-alkyl;
or a salt, an N-oxide, a metal complex, a metalloid complex, an optically active isomer, or a geometric isomer thereof.

US Pat. No. 10,214,509

AMINO-SUBSTITUTED HETEROCYCLIC DERIVATIVES AS SODIUM CHANNEL INHIBITORS

Almirall, S.A., Barcelon...

1. A compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, or isotopically-labeled derivative thereof:
wherein:
G1 is —N— or —CH—;
G2 is —N— or —CR1, wherein R1 is chosen from a hydrogen atom and a linear or branched C1-4 alkyl group, with the proviso that at least one of G1 and G2 is —N—;
R2 is a is a hydrogen atom and R3 is a group of Formula (i):

wherein each G3 is independently —N— or —CR7, wherein R7 is chosen from a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a phenyl group, a linear or branched CIA alkyl group, a linear or branched (C1-4 alkoxy)-(C1-4 alkyl) group, —O—(CH2)1-2—NRaRb, —NRaRb, —CO—NRaRb, —ORc and —CH2—Rd;
R6 is chosen from a halogen atom, a cyano group, a linear or branched C1-4 alkyl group, a lineal linear or branched C1-4 haloalkyl group, a linear or branched C1-4 haloalkoxy group, —SO2—CF3 group, a O-phenyl group, a benzyl group and a —O-benzyl group;
or
R2 and R3 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form the group of Formula (ii):

wherein each G4 is independently —CR8— or —N—, wherein R8 is chosen from a hydrogen atom and a halogen atom;
R4 is chosen from a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a linear or branched C1-4 alkyl group, a linear or branched C1-4 haloalkyl group, a linear or branched (C1-4 alkyl)-(C1-4 alkoxy) group, a linear or branched (C1-4 alkoxy)-(C1-4 alkyl) group, a linear or branched (C1-4 alkoxy)-(C1-4 alkoxy) group, —O(0-1)(CH2)(0-2)—NRaRb group, —O—(CH2)(0-2)Rc group, —O—(CHRf)1—CO—NRaRb group, —SO2—NRaRb group, a C6-6 aryl group, a monocyclic 5- to 8-membered heteroaryl group containing at least one heteroatom chosen from N, O and S, wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with one or more substituents chosen from a halogen atom, a C1-2 alkyl group, a C1-2 alkoxy group and amino group optionally substituted with one or two C1-2 alkyl groups, and a 4- to 6-membered saturated or non-saturated heterocyclyl group containing at least one heteroatom chosen from N, O and S, wherein the heterocyclyl ring is optionally substituted with one or more substituents chosen from a C1-2 alkyl group, a C1-2 alkoxy group and —C(O)O—Re group, wherein Re represents a linear or branched C1-4 alkyl group, and wherein Rf is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a linear or branched C1-4 alkyl group;
R5 is chosen from a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a linear or branched C1-4 alkyl group and a linear or branched C1-4 haloalkyl group;
Ra and Rb are independently chosen from a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched C1-4 alkyl group, a linear or branched (C1-4 alkoxy)-(C1-4 alkyl) group and a 5- to 8-membered monocyclic heteroaryl group containing at least one heteroatom chosen from N, S and O, or
Ra and Rb together with nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 3- to 6-membered heterocyclyl group optionally containing a further heteroatom chosen from N, S and O, wherein the heterocyclyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents chosen from a C1-2 alkyl group;
Rc is chosen from a linear or branched C1-4 alkyl group, a linear or branched C1-4 hydroxyalkyl group, a linear or branched C1-4 haloalkyl group, a linear or branched (C1-4 alkoxy)-(C1-4 alkyl) group, a linear or branched (C1-4 alkyl)-(C1-4 alkoxy) group, a C6-8 aryl group, a monocyclic 5- to 8-membered heteroaryl group containing at least one heteroatom chosen from N, O and S, and a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl group containing at least one heteroatom chosen from N, O and S, wherein the heterocyclyl ring is optionally substituted with one or more substituents chosen from a C1-2 alkyl group and a C1-2 alkoxy group;
Rd is chosen from —NRaRb group, a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl group containing at least one heteroatom chosen from N, O and S, wherein the heterocyclyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents chosen from a halogen atom;
with the proviso that the compound is not chosen from:
5-amino-N-(4-ethylphenyl)-1-(2-methylphenyl)-1H-1,2,3-triazole-4-carboxamide,
5-amino-N-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1-(2-methylphenyl)-1H-1,2,3-triazole-4-carboxamide,
5-amino-1-(2,5-dimethylphenyl)-N-(4-fluorophenyl)-1H-1,2,3-triazole-4-carboxamide,
5-amino-N-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-1-(2-methylphenyl)-1H-1,2,3-triazole-4-carboxamide,
5-amino-1-(2-methylphenyl)-N-(4-methylphenyl)-1H-1,2,3-triazole-4-carboxamide,
5-amino-N-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-(2-methylphenyl)-1H-1,2,3-triazole-4-carboxamide,
5-amino-N-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(2-methylphenyl)-1H-1,2,3-triazole-4-carboxamide,
5-amino-N-(4-bromophenyl)-1-(2-methoxyphenyl)-1H-1,2,3-triazole-4-carboxamide,
5-amino-N-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-1-(2-methoxyphenyl)-1H-1,2,3-triazole-4-carboxamide,
5-amino-1-(2-methoxyphenyl)-N-(4-methylphenyl)-1H-1,2,3-triazole-4-carboxamide, and
5-amino-N-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(2-methoxyphenyl)-1H-1,2,3-triazole-4-carboxamide.

US Pat. No. 10,214,508

NITROGEN-CONTAINING HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUND

Takeda Pharmaceutical Com...

1. A compound represented by the formula (I):
wherein
A is
a C3-10 cycloalkyl group
which is optionally further substituted by 1 to 3 substituents selected from
(1) a halogen atom,
(2) a C1-6 alkyl group optionally substituted by 1 to 3 hydroxy groups, and
(3) a C1-6 alkoxy group;
R1 is a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl group;
R2 is a hydrogen atom, a C1-6 alkyl group or a C1-6 alkoxy group;
R3 is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a C1-6 alkyl group optionally substituted by 1 to 3 halogen atoms, a C2-6 alkenyl group, a C3-6 cycloalkyl group, or a C1-6 alkoxy group optionally substituted by 1 to 3 halogen atoms;
R4 is a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom;
R5 is a pyrazolyl group optionally substituted by 1 to 3 C1-6 alkyl groups; and
X is CH,
or a salt thereof.

US Pat. No. 10,214,507

CARBAZOLE-CONTAINING AMIDES, CARBAMATES, AND UREAS AS CRYPTOCHROME MODULATORS

Reset Therapeutics, Inc.,...

1. A compound of formula I
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof, wherein each of A, D, E, G, J, L, M, and Q is carbon;
each of R1 and R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, cyano, nitro, —CF3, —CHF2, —CH2F, trifluoromethoxy, azido, hydroxyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C2-C6)alkenyl, (C2-C6)alkynyl, —(C?O)—R8, —(C?O)—O—R8, —O—(C?O)—R8, —NR8(C?O)—R10, —(C?O)—NR8R9, —NR8R9, —NR8OR9, —S(O)cNR8R9, —S(O)d(C1-C6)alkyl, —O—SO2—R8, NR8—S(O)c, —(CR8R9)d(3-10)-membered cycloalkyl, —(CR8R9)e(C6-C10)aryl, —(CR8R9)e(4-10)-membered heterocyclyl, —(CR8R9)f(C?O)(CR8R9)e(C6-C10)aryl, —(CR8R9)f(C?O)(CR8R9)e(4-10)-membered heterocyclyl, —(CR8R9)eO(CR8R9)f(C6-C10)aryl, —(CR8R9)eO(CR8R9)f(4-10)-membered heterocyclyl, —(CR8R9)fS(O)d(CR8R9)e(C6-C10)aryl, and —(CR8R9)fS(O)d(CR8R9)e(4-10)-membered heterocyclyl;
each of R3 and R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano, —CF3, —CHF2, —CH2F, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C2-C6)alkenyl, (C2-C6)alkynyl, —(C?O)—R8, —(C?O)—O-R8, —(C?O)—NR8R9, —S(O)cNR8R9, —S(O)d(C1-C8)alkyl, —(CR8R9)d(3-10)-membered cycloalkyl, —(CR8R9)e(C6-C10)aryl, —(CR8R9)e(4-10)-membered heterocyclyl, —(CR8R9)f(C?O)(CR8R9)e(C6-C10)aryl, —(CR8R9)f(C?O)(CR8R9)e(4-10)-membered heterocyclyl, —(CR8R9)eO(CR8R9)f(C6-C10)aryl, —(CR8R9)eO(CR8R9)f(4-10)-membered heterocyclyl, —(CR8R9)fS(O)d(CR8R9)e(C6-C10)aryl, and —(CR8R9)fS(O)d(CR8R9)e(4-10)-membered heterocyclyl;
wherein each of the R3 groups are optionally linked to each other as a 4-12 membered mono- or bicyclic ring;
wherein each of the R5 groups are optionally linked to each other as a 4-12 membered mono- or bicyclic ring;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —CF3, —CHF2, —CH2F, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C2-C6)alkenyl, (C2-C6)alkynyl, —(C?O)—R8, —(C?O)—O—R8, —(C?O)—NR8R9, —(CR8R9)d(3-10)-membered cycloalkyl, —(CR8R9)e(C6-C10)aryl, —(CR8R9)e(4-10)-membered heterocyclyl, —(CR8R9)f(C?O)(CR8R9)e(C6-C10)aryl, —(CR8R9)f(C?O)(CR8R9)e(4-10)-membered heterocyclyl, —(CR8R9)eO(CR8R9)f(C6-C10)aryl, —(CR8R9)eO(CR8R9)f(4-10)-membered heterocyclyl, (CR8R9)fS(O)d(CR8R9)e(C6-C10)aryl, and —(CR8R9)fS(O)d(CR8R9)e(4-10)-membered heterocyclyl;
wherein R6 and R7 are linked to each other as a piperidinone ring, optionally substituted with one or more halo, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C3-C10)cycloalkyl, or (C6-C10)aryl;
each of R8, R9 and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, —(CR11R12)e(3-10)-membered cycloalkyl, —(CR11R12)g(C6-C10)aryl, and —(CR11R12)g(4-10)-membered heterocyclyl;
any carbon atoms of the (C1-C6)alkyl, the (3-10)-membered cycloalkyl, the (C6-C10)aryl and the (4-10)-membered heterocyclyl of the foregoing R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, R15, and R16 are independently optionally substituted with 1 to 3 R14 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, cyano, nitro, —CF3, —CHF2, —CH2F, trifluoromethoxy, azido, hydroxyl, —O—R15, (C1-C6)alkoxy, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C2-C6)alkenyl, (C2-C6)alkynyl, —(C?O)—R11, —(C?O)—R15, —(C?O)—O—R11, —(C?O)—O—R15, —O—(C?O)—R11, —O—(C?O)—R15, —NR11(C?O)—R13, —(C?O)—NR11R12, —(C?O)—NR11R15, —NR11R12, —NR11R15, —NR11OR12, —NR11OR15, —S(O)cNR11R12, —S(O)cNR11R15, —S(O)d(C1-C6)alkyl, —S(O)dR15, —O—SO2—R11, —O—SO2—R15, —NR11—S(O)c, —NR15—S(O)c, —(CR11R12)e(3-10)-membered cycloalkyl, —(CR11R12)e(C6-C10)aryl, —(CR11R12)e(4-10)-membered heterocyclyl, —(CR11R12)f(C?O)(CR11R12)e(C6-C10)aryl, —(CR11R12)f(C?O)(CR11R12)e(4-10)-membered heterocyclyl, —(CR11R12)eO(CR11R12)f(C6-C10)aryl, —(CR11R12)eO(CR11R12)f(4-10)-membered heterocyclyl, —(CR11R12)fS(O)d(CR11R12)e(C6-C10)aryl, and —(CR11R12)fS(O)d(CR11R12)e(4-10)-membered heterocyclyl;
any carbon atoms of the (C1-C6)alkyl, the (3-10)-membered cycloalkyl, the (C6-C10)aryl and the (4-10)-membered heterocyclyl of the foregoing R14 are independently optionally substituted with 1 to 3 R16 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, cyano, nitro, —CF3, —CHF2, —CH2F, trifluoromethoxy, azido, (CH2)eOH, (C1-C6)alkoxy, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C2-C6)alkenyl, (C2-C6)alkynyl, —(C?O)—R11, —(C?O)—R15, —(C?O)—O—R11, —(C?O)—O—R15, —O—(C?O)—R11, —O—(C?O)—R15, —NR11(C?O)—R13, —(C?O)—NR11R12, —NR11R12, and —NR11R15; any nitrogen atoms of the (4-10)-membered heterocyclyl of the foregoing R1, R2, R3, R4, R8, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R14, and R15 are independently optionally substituted with (C1-C6)alkyl, (C2-C6)alkenyl, (C2-C6)alkynyl, —(C?O)—R11, —(C?O)—O—R11, —(C?O)—NR11R12, —(CR11R12)e(3-10)-membered cycloalkyl, —(CR11R12)e(C6-C10)aryl, —(CR11R12)e(4-10)-membered heterocyclyl, —(CR11R12)f(C?O)(CR11R12)e(C6-C10)aryl, or —(CR11R12)f(C?O)(CR11R12)e(4-10)-membered heterocyclyl;
each R11, R12, and R13 are independently hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl;
R15 is —(CR11R12)e(3-10)-membered cycloalkyl, —(CR11R12)e(C6-C10)aryl, or —(CR11R12)e(4-10)-membered heterocyclyl;
a and b are each independently 1, 2, 3, or 4;
c is 1 or 2;
d is 0, 1, or 2; and
e, f, and g are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.

US Pat. No. 10,214,506

PREPARATION METHOD FOR 2-((4R,6S)-6-BROMOMETHYL-2-OXO-1,3-DIOXANE-4-YL)ACETATE

FUDAN UNIVERSITY, Shangh...

1. A preparation method for 2-((4R,6S)-6-bromomethyl-2-oxo-1,3-dioxane-4-yl)acetate, characterized in thata chemical formula of the 2-((4R,6S)-6-bromomethyl-2-oxo-1,3-dioxane-4-yl)acetate (I) is

wherein R is alkyl or cycloalkyl having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or mono- or poly-substituted aryl or aralkyl, wherein 2((4R,6S)-6-bromomethyl-2-oxo-1,3-dioxane-4-yl)acetate (I) is prepared by bromination and cyclization of 3-((substituted oxycarbonyl)oxy)-5-hexenoate as raw material with hypochlorite sad bromide in an organic solvent in presence of CO2, according to following reaction route:

wherein R and R? are same or different alkyl or cycloalkyl having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or mono- or poly-substituted aryl or aralkyl;
M is alkali metal, alkaline earth metal or ammonium cation; wherein
the hypochlorite is selected from one or more of ethyl hypochlorite, isopropyl hypochlorite and tert-butyl hypochlorite;
the bromide is selected from one or more of potassium bromide, sodium bromide and ammonium bromide; and
the organic solvent is selected from one or more of ethyl acetate, dichloromethane, tetrahydrofuran, methanol, acetic acid, N,N-dimethyl formamide, acetone and acetonitrile.

US Pat. No. 10,214,505

KETAL ESTER COMPOUNDS AND USES THEREOF

GFBIOCHEMICALS LIMITED, ...

1. A compound having a structure corresponding to structure I:
wherein:
R1 is a linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl or aryl group comprising 6 to 12 carbon atoms and no oxygen atoms; and
R2 is a linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl or aryl group comprising 1 to 17 carbon atoms and no oxygen atoms.

US Pat. No. 10,214,503

2-(2,3-EPDXYPROPYL)PHENOL COMPOSITION AND METHOD OF MAKING

SABIC GLOBAL TECHNOLOGIES...

1. A composition comprising 1 to 40 weight percent 2-(2,3-epoxypropyl)-6-methylphenol, 30 to 90 weight percent 2-allyl-6-methylphenol, and 1 to 40 weight percent 8-methyl-3-chromanol, based on the total weight of the 2-(2,3-epoxypropyl)-6-methylphenol, 2-allyl-6-methylphenol, and 8-methyl-3-chromanol.

US Pat. No. 10,214,502

METHOD OF INHIBITING APOLIPOPROTEIN-E EXPRESSION WHILE INCREASING EXPRESSION OF AT LEAST ONE OF LDL-RECEPTOR PROTEIN OR ABCA1 PROTEIN COMPRISING ADMINISTERING A SMALL COMPOUND

Mayo Foundation for Medic...

1. A method for decreasing expression of apolipoprotein E and increasing expression of at least one of either LDL-receptor protein or AbcA1 protein comprising:selecting mammalian cells expressing apolipoprotein E and at least one of either LDL-receptor protein or AbcA1 protein;
contacting said mammalian cells with an effective amount of a compound having formula (I) in an amount sufficient to decrease expression of said apolipoprotein E and increase expression of at least one of said LDL-receptor protein or said AbcA1 protein in said mammalian cells:

 wherein Z may be at either position A or position B and may be selected from the group consisting of: CH2, CO, or SO2, and wherein R1 may be selected from the group consisting of:

US Pat. No. 10,214,501

3-ALKYL BICYCLIC [4,5,0] HYDROXAMIC ACIDS AS HDAC INHIBITORS

Forma Therapeutics, Inc.,...

1. A compound of Formula I:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
X1 is O;
X2 and X4 are each CR1R2;
X3 is CR1?R2?;
Y1and Y4 are not bonded to C(O)NHOH and are each CR1;
Y2 and Y3 are each CR1 when not bonded to C(O)NHOH and Y2 and Y3 are C when bonded to —C(O)NHOH;
L is selected from the group consisting of a bond, —(CR1R2)n—, —C(O)O—, —C(O)NR3—, —S(O)2—, —S(O)2NR3—, —S(O)—, and —S(O)NR3—, wherein L is bound to the ring nitrogen through the carbonyl or sulfonyl group;
R is independently selected from the group consisting of —H, —C1-C6 alkyl, —C2-C6 alkenyl, —C4-C8 cycloalkenyl, —C2-C6 alkynyl, —C3-C8 cycloalkyl, —C5-C12 spirocycle, heterocyclyl, spiroheterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl containing 1-5 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, S, P, and O, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, spirocycle, heterocyclyl, spiroheterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, halogen, oxo, —NO2, —CN, —R1, —R2, —OR3, —NHR3, —NR3R4, —S(O)2NR3R4, —S(O)2R1, —C(O)R1, —CO2R1, —NR3S(O)2R1, —S(O)R1, —S(O)NR3R4, —NR3S(O)R1, heterocycle, aryl, and heteroaryl containing 1-5 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, S, P, and O;
each R1 and R2 are independently, and at each occurrence, selected from the group consisting of —H, —R3, —R4, —C1-C6 alkyl, —C2-C6 alkenyl, —C4-C8 cycloalkenyl, —C2-C6 alkynyl, —C3-C8 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl containing 1-5 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, S, P, and O, —OH, halogen, —NO2, —CN, —NHC1-C6 alkyl, —N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, —S(O)2N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, —N(C1-C6 alkyl)S(O)2R5, —S(O)2(C1-C6 alkyl), —(C1-C6 alkyl)S(O)2R5, —C(O)C1-C6 alkyl, —CO2C1-C6 alkyl, —N(C1-C6 alkyl)S(O)2C1-C6 alkyl, and —(CHR5)—NR3R4, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, halogen, —NO2, oxo, —CN, —R5, —OR3, —NHR3, —NR3R4, —S(O)2N(R3)2, —S(O)2R5, —C(O)R5, —CO2R5, —NR3S(O)2R5, —S(O)R5, —S(O)NR3R4, —NR3S(O)R5, heterocycle, aryl, and heteroaryl containing 1-5 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, S, P, and O;
R1? and R2? are independently, and at each occurrence, selected from the group consisting of —H, —C1-C6 alkyl, —C2-C6 alkenyl, —C4-C8 cycloalkenyl, —C2-C6 alkynyl, —C3-C8 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, —OH, halogen, —NO2, —CN, —NHC1-C6 alkyl, —N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, —S(O)2N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, —N(C1-C6 alkyl)S(O)2R5, —S(O)2(C1-C6 alkyl), —(C1-C6 alkyl)S(O)2R5, —C(O)C1-C6 alkyl, —CO2C1-C6 alkyl, —N(C1-C6 alkyl)S(O)2C1-C6 alkyl, and —(CHR5)—NR3R4, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, halogen, —NO2, oxo, —CN, —R5, —OR3, —NHR3, —NR3R4, —S(O)2N(R3)2, —S(O)2R5, —C(O)R5, —CO2R5, —NR3S(O)2R5, —S(O)R5, —S(O)NR3R4, —NR3S(O)R5, heterocycle, aryl, and heteroaryl containing 1-5 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, S, P, and O;
R3 and R4 are independently, at each occurrence, selected from the group consisting of —H, —C1-C6 alkyl, —C2-C6 alkenyl, —C4-C8 cycloalkenyl, —C2-C6 alkynyl, —C3-C8 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl containing 1-5 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, S, P, and O, —S(O)2N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, —S(O)2(C1-C6 alkyl), —(C1-C6 alkyl)S(O)2R5, —C(O)C1-C6 alkyl, —CO2C1-C6 alkyl, and —(CHR5)—N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, halogen, —NO2, oxo, —CN, —R5, —O(C1-C6 alkyl), —NH(C1-C6 alkyl), —N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, —S(O)2N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, —S(O)2NH(C1-C6 alkyl), —C(O)C1-C6 alkyl, —CO2C1-C6 alkyl, —N(C1-C6 alkyl)S(O)2C1-C6 alkyl, —S(O)R5, —S(O)N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, —N(C1-C6 alkyl)S(O)R5, heterocycle, aryl, and heteroaryl containing 1-5 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, S, P, and O;
or R3 and R can combine with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form a heterocycle, wherein each heterocycle is optionally substituted by —R1, —R2, —R4, —OR4, or —NR4R5;
R5 is independently, and at each occurrence, selected from the group consisting of —H, —C1-C6 alkyl, —C2-C6 alkenyl, —C4-C8 cycloalkenyl, —C2-C6 alkynyl, —C3-C8 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl containing 1-5 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, S, P, and O, —OH, halogen, —NO2, —CN, —NHC1-C6 alkyl, —N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, —S(O)2NH(C1-C6 alkyl), —S(O)2N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, —S(O)2C1-C6 alkyl, —C(O)C1-C6 alkyl, —CO2C1-C6 alkyl, —N(C1-C6 alkyl)SO2C1-C6 alkyl, —S(O)(C1-C6 alkyl), —S(O)N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, —N(C1-C6 alkyl)S(O)(C1-C6 alkyl), and —(CH2)nN(C1-C6 alkyl)2; and
n is independently, and at each occurrence, an integer from 0 to 6.

US Pat. No. 10,214,500

3-ALKYL-4-AMIDO-BICYCLIC [4,5,0] HYDROXAMIC ACIDS AS HDAC INHIBITORS

Forma Therapeutics, Inc.,...

1. A compound of Formula I:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
X1 is O;
X2 and X4 are each CR1R2;
X3 is CR1?R2?;
Y1 and Y4 are not bound to —C(O)NHOH and are each CR1;
Y2 and Y3 are each CR1 when not bonded to —C(O)NHOH and Y2 and Y3 are C when bonded to —C(O)NHOH;
L is selected from the group consisting of —C(O)—, —C(O)(CR1R2)m—, and —C(O)(CR1R2)mO—, wherein L is bound to the ring nitrogen through the carbonyl group;
R is independently selected from the group consisting of —H, —C1-C6 alkyl, —C2-C6 alkenyl, —C4-C8 cycloalkenyl, —C2-C6 alkynyl, —C3-C8 cycloalkyl, —C5-C12 spirocycle, heterocyclyl, spiroheterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl containing 1-5 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, S, P, and O, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, spirocycle, heterocyclyl, spiroheterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, halogen, oxo, —NO2, —CN, —R1, —R2, —OR3, —NHR3, —NR3R4, —S(O)2NR3R4, —S(O)2R1, —C(O)R1, —CO2R1, —NR3S(O)2R1, —S(O)R1, —S(O)NR3R4, —NR3S(O)R1, heterocycle, aryl, and heteroaryl containing 1-5 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, S, P, and O, with the proviso that R is not bound to L via a nitrogen atom;
R1 and R2 are independently, at each occurrence, selected from the group consisting of —H, —R3, —R4, —C1-C6 alkyl, —C2-C6 alkenyl, —C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, —C2-C6 alkynyl, —C3-C8 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl containing 1-5 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, S, P, and O, —OH, halogen, —NO2, —CN, —NHC1-C6 alkyl, —N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, —S(O)2N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, —N(C1-C6 alkyl)S(O)2R5, —S(O)2(C1-C6 alkyl), —(C1-C6 alkyl)S(O)2R5, —C(O)C1-C6 alkyl, —CO2C1-C6 alkyl, —N(C1-C6 alkyl)S(O)2C1-C6 alkyl, and —(CHR5)nNR3R4, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, halogen, —NO2, oxo, —CN, —R5, —OR3, —NHR3, —NR3R4, —S(O)2N(R3)2, —S(O)2R5, —C(O)R5, —CO2R5, —NR3S(O)2R5, —S(O)R5, —S(O)NR3R4, —NR3S(O)R5, heterocycle, aryl, and heteroaryl containing 1-5 heteroatoms selected from N, S, P, or O;
R1? and R2? are independently, at each occurrence, selected from the group consisting of —H, —C1-C6 alkyl, —C2-C6 alkenyl, —C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, —C2-C6 alkynyl, —C3-C8 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, —OH, halogen, —NO2, —CN, —NHC1-C6 alkyl, —N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, —S(O)2N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, —N(C1-C6 alkyl)S(O)2R5, —S(O)2(C1-C6 alkyl), —(C1-C6 alkyl)S(O)2R5, —C(O)C1-C6 alkyl, —CO2C1-C6 alkyl, —N(C1-C6 alkyl)S(O)2C1-C6 alkyl, and —(CHR5)nNR3R4, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, halogen, —NO2, oxo, —CN, —R5, —OR3, —NHR3, —NR3R4, —S(O)2N(R3)2, —S(O)2R5, —C(O)R5, —CO2R5, —NR3S(O)2R5, —S(O)R5, —S(O)NR3R4, —NR3S(O)R5, heterocycle, aryl, and heteroaryl containing 1-5 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, S, P, and O;
R3 and R4 are independently, at each occurrence, selected from the group consisting of —H, —C1-C6 alkyl, —C2-C6 alkenyl, —C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, —C2-C6 alkynyl, —C3-C8 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl containing 1-5 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, S, P, or O, —S(O)2N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, —S(O)2(C1-C6 alkyl), —(C1-C6 alkyl)S(O)2R5, —C(O)C1-C6 alkyl, —CO2C1-C6 alkyl, and —(CHR5)nN(C1-C6 alkyl)2, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, halogen, —NO2, oxo, —CN, —R5, —O(C1-C6 alkyl), —NH(C1-C6 alkyl), —N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, —S(O)2N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, —S(O)2NHC1-C6 alkyl, —C(O)C1-C6 alkyl, —CO2C1-C6 alkyl, —N(C1-C6 alkyl)S(O)2C1-C6 alkyl, —S(O)R5, —S(O)N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, —N(C1-C6 alkyl)S(O)R5, heterocycle, aryl, and heteroaryl containing 1-5 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, S, P, and O;
R5 is independently, at each occurrence, selected from the group consisting of —H, —C1-C6 alkyl, —C2-C6 alkenyl, —C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, —C2-C6 alkynyl, —C3-C8 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl containing 1-5 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, S, P, and O, —OH, halogen, —NO2, —CN, —NH(C1-C6 alkyl), —N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, —S(O)2NH(C1-C6 alkyl), —S(O)2N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, —S(O)2C1-C6 alkyl, —C(O)C1-C6 alkyl, —CO2C1-C6 alkyl, —N(C1-C6 alkyl)SO2C1-C6 alkyl, —S(O)(C1-C6 alkyl), —S(O)N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, —N(C1-C6 alkyl)S(O)(C1-C6 alkyl), and —(CH2)nN(C1-C6 alkyl)2;
each n is independently and at each occurrence an integer from 0 to 6; and
each m is independently and at each occurrence an integer from 1 to 6.

US Pat. No. 10,214,498

HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUND

Takeda Pharmaceutical Com...

1. A compound represented by the formula (I):whereinring A is a pyrazole ring, a pyridine ring, or a pyrimidine ring;
X is CH2 or O; and
R is a hydrogen atom or a C1-6 alkyl group,
or a salt thereof.

US Pat. No. 10,214,497

PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF A DUAL-ACTING ANGIOTENSIN RECEPTOR-NEPRILYSIN INHIBITOR COMPOUND

Hetero Labs, LTD, (IN)

1. A process for the preparation of amorphous form of Sacubitril/Valsartan sodium salt of Formula-II, which is stable at 30±5% RH:
which comprises,
i) reacting sacubitril of Formula-III,

with valsartan of Formula-IV

in a solvent, wherein solvent is selected from alcohol, ester, ketone and/or mixture thereof;
ii) adding sodium source to the above solution, wherein sodium source is selected from Sodium hydroxide, Sodium alkoxide and Sodium 2-ethylhexanoate;
iii) removing the solvent;
iv) adding an organic solvent, wherein organic solvent is selected from alcohol, ester, hydrocarbon solvent and/or mixture thereof;
v) removing the solvent;
vi) isolating the amorphous form of Sacubitril/Valsartan sodium salt of Formula-II, and
vii) optionally purifying the compound obtained in step vi).

US Pat. No. 10,214,496

AZASTEROIDAL MIMICS

THE FLORIDA INTERNATIONAL...

1. An azasteroid mimic or intermediate for the preparation of an azasteroid and azasteroid mimic, consisting of an oxocycloalkenyl isoxazolium anhydrobase, or any salt thereof, where the oxocycloalkenyl isoxazolium anhydrobaseis a modified dimer of

 having the structure:

 where independently,
X?O,

 wherein at least one X is not O; or a ring-expanded dimer of the structure:

 wherein X is O or

US Pat. No. 10,214,495

ANTI-MALARIAL AGENTS

University of Cape Town, ...

1. An aminopyrazine according to Formula (I),
wherein X is CH or N; as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts, complexes, polymorphs, tautomers, geometrical isomers, and optically active forms thereof.

US Pat. No. 10,214,493

INDAZOLE DERIVATIVES USEFUL AS GLUCAGON RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS

JANSSEN PHARMACEUTICA NV,...

1. A compound of formula (II)
wherein
R1 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, —(C1-2alkyl)-phenyl, naphthyl, thienyl, benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, indazolyl, quinolinyl, pyrazolyl and pyridyl;
wherein the phenyl, naphthyl, thienyl, benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, indazolyl, quinolinyl, pyrazolyl or pyridyl whether alone or as part of a substituent group is optionally substituted with one to more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-6alkyl, fluorinated C1-4alkyl, C1-4alkoxy and fluorinated C1-4alkoxy;
a is in integer from 0 to 2;
each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-4alkyl, fluorinated C1-4alkyl, C1-4alkoxy and fluorinated C1-4alkoxy;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, fluorinated C1-4alkyl, —(C1-2alkyl)-O—(C1-4alkyl), C3-6cycloalkyl, —(C1-2alkyl)-C3-6cycloalkyl, phenyl and —(C1-2alkyl)-phenyl;
wherein the phenyl, whether alone or as part of a substituent group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-6alkyl, fluorinated C1-4alkyl, C1-4alkoxy and fluorinated C1-4alkoxy;
Z is selected from the group consisting of CH and N;
or a stereoisomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

US Pat. No. 10,214,492

HETEROCYCLIC INHIBITORS OF MCT4

Vettore, LLC, San Franci...

1. A compound of structural formula
and/or a salt thereof.

US Pat. No. 10,214,491

ACTIVATORS AND THERAPEUTIC APPLICATIONS THEREOF

THE JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERS...

1. A method of treating cancer, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound having the formula:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

US Pat. No. 10,214,490

PICOLINAMIDES AS FUNGICIDES

Dow AgroSciences LLC, In...

1. A composition for the control of a fungal pathogen including mixtures of at least one of the compounds of Formula I
wherein
X is hydrogen or C(O)R5;
Y is hydrogen, C(O)R5, or Q;
Q is
wherein W?O or SR1 and R11 are independently hydrogen or alkyl, optionally substituted with 0, 1 or multiple R8; alternatively, R1 and R11 may be taken together to form a 3-6 membered saturated or partially saturated carbocycle or heterocycle, optionally substituted with 0, 1 or multiple R8;
R2 and R12 are independently hydrogen or methyl;
R3 is aryl or heteroaryl, each optionally substituted with 0, 1 or multiple R8;
Z is S(O)n, wherein n=0, 1, or 2;
R4 is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or acyl, each optionally substituted with 0, 1 or multiple R8;
R5 is alkoxy or benzyloxy, each optionally substituted with 0, 1, or multiple R8;
R6 is hydrogen, alkoxy, or halo, each optionally substituted with 0, 1, or multiple R8;
R7 is hydrogen, —C(O)R9, or —CH2OC(O)R9;
R8 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, acyl, halo, alkenyl, alkoxy, or heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with 0, 1, or multiple R10;
R9 is alkyl, alkoxy, or aryl, each optionally substituted with 0, 1, or multiple R8; and
R10 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, acyl, halo, alkenyl, alkoxy, or heterocyclyl.

US Pat. No. 10,214,489

SPIRO ORGANIC COMPOUNDS

NANJING TOPTO MATERIALS C...

1. An organic compound represented by General Formula (1):
wherein
CYCLO is a ring having 4 or 5 carbon atoms, provided that when the CYCLO is a ring having 4 carbon atoms, two phenyl groups forming the CYCLO are taken together to form a naphthyl group; and
R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, and R8 are each independently (i) hydrogen, deuterium, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, Si(CH3)3, B(OH)2, (ii) a linear or branched alkyl having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, (iii) an alkoxy having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, (iv) a thioalkyl having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, (v) a cycloalkyl having 3 to 40 carbon atoms,
(vi) an aromatic hydrocarbyl having 6 to 60 carbon atoms, which is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, I, CN, Si(CH3)3, B(OH)2, a linear or branched alkyl having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, an alkoxy having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, a thioalkyl having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl having 3 to 40 carbon atoms, phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, anthryl, anthryl substituted with phenyl, phenanthryl, pyrenyl, 9,9-dimethylfluorenyl, carbazolyl, dibenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, triazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, and quinolinyl,
(vii) a heteroaromatic hydrocarbyl having 5 to 60 carbon atoms and one or more elements selected from the group consisting of S, O, N, and Si, which is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, I, CN, Si(CH3)3, B(OH)2, a linear or branched alkyl having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, an alkoxy having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, a thioalkyl having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl having 3 to 40 carbon atoms, phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, anthryl, anthryl substituted with phenyl, phenanthryl, pyrenyl, 9,9-dimethylfluorenyl, carbazolyl, dibenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, triazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, and quinolinyl,
or (viii) an amino group substituted with one or more selected from the group consisting of phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, anthryl, anthryl substituted with phenyl, phenanthryl, pyrenyl, 9,9-dimethylfluorenyl, carbazolyl, quinolinyl, dibenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, triazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, where the phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, anthryl, and the phenyl substituent attached to the anthryl group are unsubstituted or substituted with one or more selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, I, CN, Si(CH3)3, B(OH)2, a linear or branched alkyl having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, an alkoxy having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, a thioalkyl having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, and a cycloalkyl having 3 to 40 carbon atoms.

US Pat. No. 10,214,487

INDOLE DERIVATIVES AND METHODS OF USING THE SAME

The Regents of the Univer...

1. A compound having the structure:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
R1 and R2 are independently C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkenyl, C1-4 alkoxy, OR7, NR7R8, or a combination thereof,
R3 is H, or C1-6 alkyl
R4 is OR10 wherein R10 is aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with hydroxy, mercapto, amino, carboxylic acid, sulfonic acid, trihalomethyl, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkenyl, C1-4 alkoxy, SR7, NR7R8, CO2R7, C(?O)R9, or any combination thereof;
R5 is C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, NR7R8, CO2R7, OC(?O)R9, or
C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, mercapto, amino, sulfonic acid, carboxylic acid, halide, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkenyl, C1-4 alkoxy, OR7, SR7, NR7R8, CO2R7, OC(?O)R9, heteroaryl, or a combination thereof,
R6 is H or C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, C1-4 alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, OR7, SR7, NR7R8, CO2R7, OC(?O)R9, or C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, mercapto, amino, sulfonic acid, carboxylic acid, halide, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkenyl, C1-4 alkoxy, OR7, SR7, NR7R8, CO2R7, OC(?O)R9, heteroaryl, or a combination thereof;
R7 and R8 are independently H, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, mercapto, amino, sulfonic acid, carboxylic acid, halide, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkenyl, C1-4 alkoxy, OR7, SR7, NR7R8, CO2R7, OC(?O)R9, heteroaryl, or a combination thereof, or R7 and R8 together form a heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with hydroxy, mercapto, halide, C1-6 alkyl; and
R9 is H, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, heteroaryl, aryl or NR7R8.

US Pat. No. 10,214,485

METHOD OF REPROCESSING ALKANESULFONIC ACID

BASF SE, Ludwigshafen am...

1. A method of reprocessing alkanesulfonic acid employed in a chemical process as an agent, catalyst or solvent, the method comprising:(a) removing an alkanesulfonic acid-comprising stream from a reaction mixture generated in the chemical process,
(b) feeding the alkanesulfonic acid-comprising stream into a melt crystallization as a starting melt to form crystals of the alkanesulfonic acid, of hydrates of the alkanesulfonic acid or of a mixture of both suspended in a mother liquor,
(c) performing a solid-liquid separation to remove the crystals from the mother liquor,
(d) optionally washing the crystals to remove the mother liquor adhering to the crystals, and
(e) recycling the washed or unwashed crystals removed from the mother liquor into the chemical process.

US Pat. No. 10,214,484

METHOD FOR PREPARING ACROLEIN CYANOHYDRINS

Evonik Degussa GmbH, Ess...

1. A method for preparing a compound of formula (I)the method comprising:(a) reacting at least one compound of the formula (II)

with hydrocyanic acid and at least one base B, whereby a crude product CP comprising the compound of formula (I) and hydrocyanic acid is obtained; and
b) at least partially removing hydrocyanic acid from the crude product CP by subjecting the latter to stripping, whereby a pure product comprising the compound (I) is obtained, wherein the pure product has a reduced content of hydrocyanic acid compared to CP,
wherein the stripping is carried out at a pressure of <1 bar,
wherein optionally an inert stripping gas is used in countercurrent flow, and
wherein R1 and R2 are each independently hydrogen, an alkyl group, phenyl, or benzyl.

US Pat. No. 10,214,482

DIAMINE HAVING TERT-ALKYLAMINO GROUP AND PRIMARY AMINO GROUP FOR USE IN GAS SCRUBBING

BASF SE, Ludwigshafen (D...

1. An absorbent for removing carbon dioxide and/or hydrogen sulfide from fluid streams, comprising an aqueous solution of a compound of the general formula (I)
in which R1 and R3 are each independently selected from C1-4-alkyl and C1-4-hydroxyalkyl;
each R4 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-4-alkyl and C1-4-hydroxyalkyl;each R5 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-4-alkyl and C1-4-hydroxyalkyl;m is 2, 3, 4 or 5;
n is 2, 3, 4 or 5; and
o is an integer from 1 to 10.

US Pat. No. 10,214,481

TELOMERASE ACTIVATING COMPOUNDS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF

BEN-GURION UNIVERSITY OF ...

1. A method of stimulating or increasing telomerase activity in a cell or tissue of a subject, said method comprising contacting said cell or tissue of said subject with an effective amount of a compound represented by the structure of Formula VI:
wherein
R1?, R3?, R4?, R6? R7?, and R9? are the same or different comprising halogen, aryl, C1-6alkyl, C1-6cycloalkyl, C1-6heterocycloalkyl, C1-6alkoxy, monoC1-6alkylamino, diC1-6alkylamino or arylamino; and
R10 is a C1-6alkyl.

US Pat. No. 10,214,480

SYNTHESIS PROCESS FOR CHIRAL CYCLOPROPYL ETHYNYL TERTIARY ALCOHOL COMPOUND

Shanghai Desano Pharmaceu...

1. A method for synthesizing a chiral cyclopropyl ethynyl tertiary alcohol compound, wherein the method comprises the following steps:(1) in an organic solvent, in the presence of an alkaline reagent and a salt thereof, reacting cyclopropyl acetylene with a chiral inducing agent, a chiral auxiliary reagent and zinc halide, thereby obtaining a first reaction mixture;
(2) reacting the first reaction mixture obtained in step (1) with 5-chloro-2-aminotrifluorobenzophenone to form a compound of formula I:

that is (S)-2-amino-5-chloro-?-cyclopropyl acetylene-?-trifluoromethylbenzyl alcohol;
wherein the salt is a sulfonate, a sulfinate, or a combination thereof;
and the alkaline agent is an alkali hydride.

US Pat. No. 10,214,479

SYNTHESIS OF AND COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING DIAMINOACETALS AND DIAMINOKETALS

Connora Technologies, Inc...

1. A process for preparing a compound represented by Formula (1) from a compound of Formula (2):
wherein:
each of R1 and R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aromatic group; or both of R1 and R2 forms a cyclic radical;
each of R3, R4, R5, and R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aromatic group;
R3 and R4 can combine with each other to form a cyclic radical;
R5 and R6 can combine with each other to form a cyclic radical; and
each m and n is independently an integer ranging from 1 to 3; the process comprising reducing the compound of Formula (2) with a reducing agent to produce the compound of Formula (1) at a temperature of from about 15° C. to about 200° C.

US Pat. No. 10,214,478

AMANTADINE NITRATE COMPOUNDS WITH NEURAL PROTECTIVE EFFECT, AND PREPARATION AND MEDICAL USE THEREOF

2. An amantadine nitrate compound with neural protective effects, having a structure of formula (III):or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,wherein:R2 is hydrogen, straight-chain or branched-chain or cyclic alkyl, optionally substituted-aryl or heteroaryl, or contains a nitrate ester group;
Z1 and Z2 are each independently a straight- or branched-carbon chain connecting to a nitrate ester group, wherein Z1 and Z2 each independently can be substituted with heteroatom, alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, and Z1 and Z2 each independently have 1-6 carbon atoms;
wherein, the alkyl has up to 10 carbon atoms, the cyclic alkyl is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl; a substituent is N(CH3)2, F, Cl, Br, I, OCH3, CO2CH3, CN, aryl or heteroaryl; the aryl is monocyclic aryl, and the heteroaryl is monocyclic heteroaryl.

US Pat. No. 10,214,476

PAIN RELIEF COMPOUNDS

ECOLE NATIONALE SUPERIEUR...

1. A compound of formula (A1):
wherein:
R represents:

Q represents —CN;
X represents O, or —NH;
T represents:
a hydrogen atom;
a phenyl group;
a group

a cyclohexyl group;
Q2 represents O, or NH;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of said compound.

US Pat. No. 10,214,475

MULTI-STEP SEPARATION PROCESS

BASF Pharma (Callanish) L...

1. A chromatographic separation process for recovering a polyunsaturated fatty acid (PUFA) product from a feed mixture, which comprises:(a) purifying the feed mixture in a first chromatographic separation step using as eluent a mixture of water and a first organic solvent, to obtain an intermediate product; and
(b) purifying the intermediate product in a second chromatographic separation step using as eluent a mixture of water and a second organic solvent, to obtain the PUFA product,
wherein the second organic solvent is different from the first organic solvent, and wherein the first chromatographic separation step comprises introducing the feed mixture into a simulated or actual moving bed chromatography apparatus and the second chromatographic separation step comprises introducing the intermediate product into a stationary bed chromatography apparatus.

US Pat. No. 10,214,474

OXIDATION OF URONIC ACIDS TO ALDARIC ACIDS

COOPERATIE KONINKLIJKE CO...

1. A process for the preparation of an aldaric acid by the oxidation of the corresponding uronic acid, wherein a starting material comprising the uronic acid is subjected to oxygen under the influence of a supported gold catalyst at a pH in a range of from 1-6, wherein the gold catalyst is a monometallic or bimetallic gold catalyst, wherein the oxidation of the corresponding uronic acid is carried out at a temperature in the range of from 30° C. to 100° C.

US Pat. No. 10,214,470

SYNTHESIS OF GUERBET ALCOHOLS

Arkema France, Colombes ...

1. A method for preparing a mixture of Guerbet alcohols, the method comprising:providing a starting material comprising a blend of at least two different primary alcohols, each of the at least two different primary alcohols independently being of the formula RCH2CH2OH, where R is hydrogen or a straight or branched chain alkyl group of 1 to 14 carbon atoms;
providing a base;
providing a catalyst;
mixing the starting material with the base and the catalyst in a reactor to form a reaction mixture;
heating the reaction mixture to a process temperature above the boiling point of water and under reaction conditions to cause condensation and dehydration of the at least two primary alcohols of the blend and to evolve vapor including water vapor;
removing the evolved vapor including water vapor from the reactor and feeding the removed vapor to a water separation unit, the water separation unit comprising a water outlet port;
removing part of the reaction mixture from the reactor, to form a removed part, and feeding the removed part to a liquid-liquid mixer-settler, the removed part comprising a mixture of Guerbet alcohols having respective boiling points, and alcohols having lower boiling points than the boiling points of the Guerbet alcohols;
feeding water from the water outlet port of the water separation unit, into the liquid-liquid mixer-settler to form a settler mixture;
separating an organic fraction from an aqueous fraction in the liquid-liquid mixer-settler;
feeding the organic fraction into an alcohols column;
forming dried alcohols from the organic fraction in the alcohols column;
separating the dried alcohols into a mixture of Guerbet alcohol products and the alcohols having lower boiling points than the boiling points of the Guerbet alcohols;
returning the alcohols having lower boiling points than the boiling points of the Guerbet alcohols, to the reaction mixture in the reactor; and
compensating for the removed part of the reaction mixture by adding appropriate amounts of new starting material comprising a blend of at least two different primary alcohols, base, and catalyst, to the reaction mixture in the reactor, for balancing the respective losses.

US Pat. No. 10,214,469

METHOD FOR PRODUCING HIGH-EFFICIENCY METHANOL CAPABLE OF REDUCING EMISSION OF CARBON DIOXIDE

KOREA RESEARCH INSTITUTE ...

1. A method for producing methanol, the method comprising:a first step of preparing mixed gas by using steam and natural gas supplied to a pre-reformer as raw materials and converting C2+ hydrocarbons contained in the natural gas into methane over a catalyst;
a second step of preparing a synthesis gas including carbon monoxide and hydrogen by reforming the mixed gas in a reformer filled with a reforming catalyst; and
a third step of a methanol synthesis process, in which methanol is prepared by using the synthesis gas as a raw material and reacting the synthesis gas in a methanol synthesis reactor filled with a methanol synthesis catalyst,
wherein
carbon dioxide is injected into the reformer of the second step, injected into the methanol synthesis reactor of the third step, or split to be injected into both of the reformer and the methanol synthesis reactor,
the methanol product and unreacted synthesis gas are separated, a portion of the separated unreacted synthesis gas is supplied to a heating furnace and combusted together with a natural gas, and
the mixed gas supplied to the reformer passes through at least one heat exchanger while post-combustion gas emitted from the heating furnace passes through the at least one heat exchanger to exchange heat between the post-combustion gas and the mixed gas by way of heat exchange.

US Pat. No. 10,214,467

SIMULATED MOVING BED XYLENES SEPARATION PROCESS, AND OPTIMIZED OPERATING CONDITIONS FOR UNITS TREATING PARAXYLENE-RICH FEEDS

IFP Energies nouvelles, ...


US Pat. No. 10,214,466

SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PRODUCING PROPYLENE

Saudi Arabian Oil Company...

1. A process for producing propylene, the process comprising:introducing a first stream comprising butene to a reactor, where the reactor comprises a metathesis catalyst and a cracking catalyst, the metathesis catalyst positioned generally upstream of the cracking catalyst;
at least partially metathesizing the first stream with the metathesis catalyst to form a metathesis-reaction product;
at least partially cracking the metathesis-reaction product with the cracking catalyst to form a cracking-reaction product comprising butene;
passing the cracking-reaction product out of the reactor in a cracking-reaction product stream; and
at least partially separating propylene from the cracking-reaction product stream to form a product stream comprising propylene,where:at least a portion of the butene in the cracking-reaction product stream is recycled by at least partially separating butene in the cracking-reaction product stream to form a recycle stream comprising butene; and
the first stream is a mixture of the recycle stream and a system inlet stream.

US Pat. No. 10,214,464

STEADY STATE HIGH TEMPERATURE REACTOR

UOP LLC, Des Plaines, IL...

1. A method to produce acetylene, comprising:introducing a fuel and oxygen into a fuel injection zone;
combusting said fuel and oxygen in a combustion zone to create a combustion gas stream;
cooling a sidewall of said combustion zone, wherein said cooling comprises flowing a coolant through at least one channel in said sidewall, wherein a portion of said coolant enters, via pores, said combustion zone through said sidewall;
accelerating the combustion gas stream and the portion of the coolant to supersonic speed in an expansion zone;
injecting feedstock into the combustion gas stream in a feedstock injection zone; and
reacting the feedstock to produce acetylene.

US Pat. No. 10,214,463

PRODUCTION METHOD AND PRODUCTION APPARATUS OF ?-OLEFIN OLIGOMER

MITSUBISHI CHEMICAL CORPO...

1. A method for producing an ?-olefin oligomer and reducing fouling in one or more downstream process equipment, comprising:oligomerizing an ?-olefin in a reaction solvent in the presence of a catalyst in a reactor to produce the ?-olefin oligomer comprising 1-hexene, wherein said reactor comprises a liquid phase and a gas phase;
introducing a portion of the gas phase into a heat exchanger;
cooling the portion of the gas phase in said heat exchanger to obtain a condensate liquid; and
dispersing the condensate liquid as droplets in the gas phase inside said reactor by an atomizer of a rotating disk spray system;
wherein said gas phase comprises a mist comprising a component of the catalyst and/or a portion of the ?-olefin, wherein the mist is generated by vaporization of the liquid phase, and wherein the mist is absorbed onto the condensate droplets thereby reducing fouling in the downstream process equipment caused by the mist.

US Pat. No. 10,214,461

PROCESS AND PLANT FOR PRODUCING OLEFINS FROM OXYGENATES

1. A process for producing olefins from oxygenates, the process comprising a first mode of operation for the production of propylene and a second mode of operation for the production of butylene,wherein the first mode of operation comprises the following steps:
(i) heterogeneously catalyzed converting of at least one oxygenate to a product stream containing C2 olefins, C3 olefins, C4 olefins, C5/6 hydrocarbon compounds, and C7+ hydrocarbon compounds, wherein the step of heterogeneously catalyzed converting is effected in two stages, wherein in the first stage methanol is converted with an equilibrium reaction into dimethyl ether and in the second stage dimethyl ether and unconverted methanol are converted to the product stream containing C2 olefins, C3 olefins, C4 olefins, C5/6 hydrocarbon compounds and C7+ hydrocarbon compounds, wherein the second stage of the heterogeneously catalyzed conversion is operated at an operating temperature of 390° C. to 500° C.,
(ii) recycling at least a portion of the C4 olefins into the second stage;
(iii) separating a stream comprising the C3 olefins from the product stream or a stream derived therefrom;
wherein the second mode of operation comprises the following steps:
(i) heterogeneously catalyzed converting of at least one oxygenate to a product stream containing C2 olefins, C3 olefins, C4 olefins, C5/6 hydrocarbon compounds, and C7+ hydrocarbon compounds, wherein the step of heterogeneously catalyzed converting is effected in two stages, wherein in the first stage methanol is converted with an equilibrium reaction into dimethyl ether and in the second stage dimethyl ether and unconverted methanol are converted to the product stream containing C2 olefins, C3 olefins, C4 olefins, C5/6 hydrocarbon compounds and C7+ hydrocarbon compounds, wherein the second stage of the heterogeneously catalyzed conversion is operated at an operating temperature of 390° C. to 500° C.,
(ii) recycling at least 10 wt-% of the C3 olefins into the second stage;
(iii) separating a stream comprising the C4 olefins from the product stream or a stream derived therefrom;
(iv) separating a stream comprising butane from the product stream or a stream derived therefrom;
(v) separating a stream comprising the C5/6 hydrocarbon compounds from the product stream or a stream derived therefrom;
(vi) separating a stream comprising the C7+ hydrocarbon compounds from the product stream or a stream derived therefrom;
(vii) recirculating of at least a portion of the C5/6 hydrocarbon stream and the C7+ hydrocarbon stream into the second stage in an amount effective to maintain the operating temperature of the second stage,
wherein the second mode of operation has a higher amount of C3 olefins recirculated to the second stage as compared to the first mode of operation,
wherein the second mode of operation is configured to provide an increased yield in the C4 olefins as compared to the first mode of operation.

US Pat. No. 10,214,460

BOOSTER COMPOSITION

Joyson Safety Systems Acq...

1. A composition comprising:a boron-containing compound selected from the group consisting of boron carbide, a metal boride, or a mixture thereof;
an oxidizer selected from the group consisting of at least one metal nitrate, metal nitrite, metal perchlorate, metal chlorate, metal oxide, and mixtures thereof; and
a secondary fuel, wherein said secondary fuel is selected from the group consisting of tetrazoles, triazoles, carboxylic acids, hydrazides, triazines, urea derivatives, guanidines, salts thereof or mixtures thereof; wherein the composition is free of ammonium nitrate and ammonium perchlorate.

US Pat. No. 10,214,459

CORROSION CONTROL METHODS FOR CORROSION-AGRESSIVE SOLUTIONS

CHEMTREAT, INC., Glen Al...

1. A method of preventing corrosion by a liquid solution of ammonium nitrate or urea ammonium nitrate, the method comprising:combining a stannous corrosion inhibitor composition with the liquid solution to provide a treated solution; and
contacting the treated solution with a metal surface of a container or conduit, wherein the treated solution has a pH of 6.0 or lower.

US Pat. No. 10,214,458

NUTRIENT RICH COMPOSITIONS

CALIFORNIA SAFE SOIL, LLC...

10. A nutrient rich emulsified hydrolysate soil amendment for administration by drip-line irrigation made from fresh food waste, comprising nutrients released by grinding, shredding, shearing, homogenization, filtering, diluting, enzymatic digestion by a combination of enzymes comprising at least one enzyme to digest proteins, at least one enzyme to digest fats and lipids, at least one enzyme to digest cellulosic material and at least one enzyme to digest other carbohydrates, and pasteurization; and a species selected from an acid stabilizer or an organic preservative, wherein the emulsified hydrolysate has a pH of between about 2.5 and below 3.5.

US Pat. No. 10,214,457

COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING GALLIUM AND/OR INDIUM AND METHODS OF FORMING THE SAME

General Electric Company,...

1. A composition, comprising: a silicon-containing material and about 0.001% to about 85% of an In-containing compound wherein the In-containing compound is selected from ZrO2, HfO2 or a combination thereof doped with about 0.1 to about 10 mole percent of In2O3.

US Pat. No. 10,214,456

SILICON COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING BORON AND METHODS OF FORMING THE SAME

General Electric Company,...

1. A composition, comprising: distinct, intertwined continuous phases including a first continuous phase comprising a silicon-containing material and a second continuous phase comprising a boron-doped refractory compound, and wherein the boron-doped refractory compound and the silicon-containing material have different compositions; andthe boron-doped refractory compound comprises a metal oxide doped with about 0.1% to about 10% by mole percent of B2O3, wherein the metal oxide comprises zirconium oxide, hafnium oxide, aluminum oxide, tantalum oxide, niobium oxide, gallium oxide, indium oxide, a rare earth oxide, a nickel oxide, or a mixture thereof, or;
the boron-doped refractory compound comprises a compound having the formula: Ln2-xBxO3 wherein Ln comprises Sc, Y, La, Ce, Pr, Nd, Pm, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er, Tm, Yb, Lu, or a mixture thereof, and x is about 0.001 to about 1.

US Pat. No. 10,214,455

CERAMIC COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND METHODS

Florida State University ...

1. A method of forming a composite material, the method comprising:providing a carbon nanoscale fiber network which comprises a plurality of substantially aligned carbon nanoscale fibers;
infiltrating the carbon nanoscale fiber network with a first amount of a liquid ceramic precursor;
curing the first amount of the liquid ceramic precursor to form a cured ceramic precursor; and
pyrolyzing the cured ceramic precursor to form the composite material;
wherein the composite material comprises the carbon nanoscale fibers at a volume fraction of at least 35%.

US Pat. No. 10,214,454

STRUCTURE OF MICROPOWDER

INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY RES...

1. Micropowder, comprising:a silicon carbide core; and
a carbon film covering the silicon carbide core,
wherein the silicon carbide core has a diameter of 50 micrometers to 500 micrometers, and the carbon film has a thickness of 20 nm to 200 nm,
wherein the micropowder is a hexagonal structure.

US Pat. No. 10,214,448

HIGH TEMPERATURE HYDRATOR

Carbon Engineering Ltd., ...

1. A method comprising:transferring at least one feed stream comprising calcium oxide, calcium carbonate, water, and a fluidizing gas into a fluidized bed;
contacting the calcium oxide with the water;
based on contacting the calcium oxide with the water, initiating a hydrating reaction;
producing, from the hydrating reaction, calcium hydroxide and heat;
transferring a portion of the heat of the hydrating reaction to the calcium carbonate; and
fluidizing the calcium oxide, calcium hydroxide, and the calcium carbonate into a first fluidization regime and a second fluidization regime, the first fluidization regime comprising at least a portion of the calcium carbonate and at least a portion of the calcium oxide, the second fluidization regime comprising at least a portion of the calcium hydroxide and at least another portion of the calcium oxide, the first fluidization regime different than the second fluidization regime.

US Pat. No. 10,214,447

COATED ARTICLE INCLUDING LOW-EMISSIVITY COATING, INSULATING GLASS UNIT INCLUDING COATED ARTICLE, AND/OR METHODS OF MAKING THE SAME

Guardian Glass, LLC, Aub...

1. A heat treated coated article including a low-E coating, comprising:a glass substrate, and the low-E coating of the heat treated coated article including the following layers moving from the glass substrate outwardly:
at least one first dielectric layer comprising silicon nitride;
a first layer comprising Ni and Ti on and contacting the first dielectric layer comprising silicon nitride;
an IR reflecting layer comprising Ag on and contacting the first layer comprising Ni and Ti;
a second layer that is metallic and comprising Ni and Ti on and contacting the IR reflecting layer comprising Ag, wherein each of the first and second layers comprising Ni and Ti comprise with respect to metal content from about 5 to 20% Ni and from about 80-95% Ti;
another dielectric layer comprising silicon nitride on the glass substrate over at least the second layer comprising Ni and Ti;
wherein the coating has a sheet resistance of less than or equal to about 1.2 ohms/sq.; and
wherein the coated article has a visible transmission of at least about 65%.

US Pat. No. 10,214,446

TEMPERABLE THREE LAYER ANTIREFLECTIVE COATING, COATED ARTICLE INCLUDING TEMPERABLE THREE LAYER ANTIREFLECTIVE COATING, AND/OR METHOD OF MAKING THE SAME

Guardian Glass, LLC, Aub...

1. A coated article comprising an antireflective coating supported by a first major surface of a substrate, wherein the antireflective coating comprises, in order moving away from the substrate:a silicon-inclusive medium index layer disposed, directly or indirectly, on the first major surface of the substrate;
a high index layer disposed over and contacting the medium index layer, the high index layer having a thickness of at least 85 nm;
a low index layer disposed over and contacting the high index layer;
wherein the medium index layer comprises silicon oxynitride and has an index of refraction of from about 1.65 to 2.0 at 380 nm, 550 nm, and 780 nm wavelengths, the high index layer has an index of refraction of at least about 2.0 at 380 nm, 550 nm, and 780 nm wavelengths, and the low index layer has an index of refraction of from about 1.4 to 1.6 at 380 nm, 550 nm, and 780 nm wavelengths.

US Pat. No. 10,214,445

ARTICLES WITH PATTERNED COATINGS

CORNING INCORPORATED, Co...

1. An article comprising:a substrate including a surface;
a patterned coating disposed on the surface forming a coated surface,
wherein, when a strain is applied to the article, the article exhibits a failure strain of 0.5% or greater,
wherein the patterned coating comprises a bimodal distribution of coating thickness, the bimodal distribution comprising a lower-mode thickness in the range from 10 nm to 90 nm, and a higher-mode thickness in the range from about 50 to about 5000 nm, and
wherein the substrate surface has a surface area and the patterned coating covers at least about 20% of the surface area.

US Pat. No. 10,214,444

METHOD FOR TREATING A SURFACE AND DEVICE IMPLEMENTED

1. A method for treating a surface of an object, said method consisting of:contacting the surface to be treated with a diffusion intermediate, said diffusion intermediate being impregnated with a corrosive solution prior to contacting or during said contacting, wherein said diffusion intermediate is a porous solid support that is chemically inert towards said corrosive solution; and
maintaining said surface to be treated in contact with said diffusion intermediate without any movement relative to each other,
wherein said treatment method removes or chemically erodes a layer of material from the surface of the object put into contact with the corrosive solution.

US Pat. No. 10,214,442

VITREOUS OR AT LEAST PARTLY CRYSTALLISED SEALING MATERIAL, JOINT CONNECTION, BARRIER LAYER, AND LAYER SYSTEM COMPRISING THE SEALING MATERIAL AND INTEGRATION THEREOF INTO COMPONENTS

SCHOTT AG, Mainz (DE)


wherein R2O3 is an oxide selected, individually or in any desired combination, from a group consisting of Ga2O3, In2O3, Dy2O3, Yb2O3, and any combinations thereof, and
wherein the composition is free from BaO and SrO apart from at most impurities.

US Pat. No. 10,214,441

CUTTING DEVICE

IHI CORPORATION, Tokyo (...

1. A cutting device comprising:a machining table which floats a workpiece having a plate shape;
a laser radiator positioned to radiate a laser beam onto the workpiece;
a coolant injector positioned to inject a coolant onto the workpiece; and
an actuator that relatively moves the workpiece with respect to the laser radiator and the coolant injector in a preset direction,
wherein the cutting device is configured to relatively move the workpiece in a direction preset by the actuator while radiating a laser beam from the laser radiator to a heating area set on the workpiece to heat the heating area, and to inject the coolant from the coolant injector to a cooling area set on the heated heating area to cool the cooling area, and
a plate member arranged to receive injection of the coolant from the coolant injector and scatter the coolant, wherein the plate member is installed at the machining table in front of the workpiece in a moving direction in which the workpiece relatively moves, and
wherein a baffle is positioned to provide a gap between the baffle and an upper surface of the workpiece, and wherein the baffle is positioned between a laser beam passage region and a coolant passage region, wherein the laser beam passage region is a region in which the laser beam radiated from the laser radiator passes between the laser radiator and the heating area, and wherein the coolant passage region is a region in which the coolant injected from the coolant injector passes between the coolant injector and the cooling area, and
a gas injector positioned to inject a gas from the laser beam passage region side toward the gap between the baffle and the workpiece.

US Pat. No. 10,214,440

METHOD FOR FORMING A HOT GLASS SHEET WITH TRANSVERSE CURVATURE

GLASSTECH, INC., Perrysb...

1. A method for forming a hot glass sheet having a pair of spaced end portions with distal extremities and also having an intermediate portion extending between its end portions, the method comprising:conveying the hot glass sheet on a conveyor into a heated chamber of a forming station to below an upper mold that is located above the conveyor and has a downwardly facing surface that has a downwardly convex shape with curvature in transverse directions;
moving the upper mold downwardly from an upper position to a lower position adjacent the glass sheet on the conveyor and operating a gas lift jet array to provide upwardly directed gas lift jets as the sole impetus for lifting the glass sheet from the conveyor and contacting the intermediate portion of the glass sheet with the downwardly facing surface of the upper mold for less than 50% of the distance between the distal extremities of the end portions of the glass sheet, and then moving the upper mold and the glass sheet upwardly to the upper position of the upper mold;
then moving a lower mold having a ring shape, that faces upwardly with a concave shape in transverse directions complementary to the downwardly convex shape of the downwardly facing surface of the upper mold, horizontally within the heated chamber to a location above the conveyor and below the upper mold in its upper position with the glass sheet supported on the upper mold and subsequently moving the upper mold downwardly and drawing a vacuum at the downwardly facing surface of the upper mold to press form the glass sheet between the upper and lower molds and provide curvature of the glass sheet in transverse directions, whereupon the upper mold is moved upwardly to its upper position with the press formed glass sheet supported on the upper mold by the vacuum drawn at its downwardly facing surface;
a pair of positioners being moved to blocking positions below the upper mold prior to operation of the gas lift jet array to limit upward movement of the end portions of the glass sheet toward the downwardly facing surface of the upper mold and thereby limit the extent of the intermediate portion of the glass sheet that initially contacts the downwardly facing surface of the upper mold, and the pair of positioners subsequently being moved from their blocking positions to unblocking positions to permit the subsequent press forming of the glass sheet between the upper and lower molds; and
then moving a delivery mold to below the press formed glass sheet on the upper mold in its upper position whereupon the vacuum drawn at the upper mold is terminated to release the glass sheet from the upper mold onto the delivery mold which is then moved out of the forming station for delivery of the press formed glass sheet.

US Pat. No. 10,214,438

CROSS CURRENT STAGED REVERSE OSMOSIS

BATTELLE MEMORIAL INSTITU...

1. A method for purifying a liquid feed stream to obtain a permeate performed under a system pressure, comprising:feeding the liquid feed stream to a system comprising:
(a) an initial reverse osmosis stage having: an initial high pressure side with an initial high pressure side inlet for receiving the liquid feed stream and an initial high pressure side outlet for outputting an initial recycle stream and an initial concentrate stream, and an initial low pressure side with an initial low pressure side inlet for receiving the initial recycle stream from the initial high pressure side outlet, and an initial low pressure side outlet for outputting a diluted stream, wherein the initial high pressure side outlet is split to form the initial recycle stream that is fed to the initial low pressure side inlet, and the initial concentrate stream;
(b) an intermediate section having one or more intermediate reverse osmosis stages arranged in series, wherein each intermediate stage has: an intermediate high pressure side with an intermediate high pressure side inlet and an intermediate high pressure side outlet, an intermediate low pressure side with an intermediate low pressure side inlet and an intermediate low pressure side outlet, an intermediate recycle stream and an intermediate concentrate stream exiting the intermediate high pressure side outlet, the intermediate recycle stream being sent to the intermediate low pressure side inlet, and an exit stream exiting the intermediate low pressure side outlet; and wherein the intermediate section receives the diluted stream from the initial reverse osmosis stage and outputs a purified stream, wherein the intermediate high pressure side outlet is split to form the intermediate recycle stream that is fed to the intermediate low pressure side inlet, and the intermediate concentrate stream; and
(c) a final reverse osmosis stage having: a final high pressure side having a final high pressure side inlet for receiving the purified stream and a final high pressure side outlet for outputting a reject stream, and a final low pressure side that outputs the permeate.

US Pat. No. 10,214,437

CROSS CURRENT STAGED REVERSE OSMOSIS

BATTELLE MEMORIAL INSTITU...

1. A system for purifying a liquid feed stream to obtain a permeate, comprising:(a) an initial reverse osmosis stage having: an initial high pressure side with an initial high pressure side inlet for receiving the liquid feed stream and an initial high pressure side outlet for outputting an initial recycle stream and an initial concentrate stream, and an initial low pressure side with an initial low pressure side inlet for receiving the initial recycle stream from the initial high pressure side outlet, and an initial low pressure side outlet for outputting a diluted stream, wherein the initial high pressure side outlet is split to form the initial recycle stream that is fed to the initial low pressure side inlet, and the initial concentrate stream;
(b) an intermediate section having one or more intermediate reverse osmosis stages arranged in series, wherein each intermediate stage has: an intermediate high pressure side with an intermediate high pressure side inlet and an intermediate high pressure side outlet, an intermediate low pressure side with an intermediate low pressure side inlet and an intermediate low pressure side outlet, an intermediate recycle stream and an intermediate concentrate stream exiting the intermediate high pressure side outlet, the intermediate recycle stream being sent to the intermediate low pressure side inlet, and an exit stream exiting the intermediate low pressure side outlet; and wherein the intermediate section receives the diluted stream from the initial reverse osmosis stage and outputs a purified stream, wherein the intermediate high pressure side outlet is split to form the intermediate recycle stream that is fed to the intermediate low pressure side inlet, and the intermediate concentrate stream; and
(c) a final reverse osmosis stage having: a final high pressure side having a final high pressure side inlet for receiving the purified stream and a final high pressure side outlet for outputting a reject stream, and a final low pressure side that outputs the permeate.

US Pat. No. 10,214,436

WASTEWATER TREATMENT DEVICE, BACTERIA BED USED FOR TREATING FOOD WASTE AND WASTEWATER, AND WASTEWATER TREATMENT METHOD USING BACTERIA BED

Hiroshi Ogawa, (JP) Keii...

16. A bacteria bed for decomposing food waste or, wastewater, comprising a carrier and microorganisms carried by the carrier, the carrier being formed of a surface part provided with a plurality of pores having the microorganisms carried therein and a core part formed of a synthetic resin, the surface part and the core part being different from each other in material and in specific gravity, the carrier having average specific gravities adjusted to match those of wastewater or a solid matter obtained by crushing food waste, the carrier carrying microorganisms and a prescribed amount of an enzyme activating activity of the microorganisms in the plurality of the pores.

US Pat. No. 10,214,433

BRINE TREATMENT SCALING CONTROL SYSTEM AND METHOD

Carollo Engineers, Inc., ...

1. A system for treating a brine stream, comprising:an electrodialysis-reversal system in communication with a concentrated brine stream source for receipt of a brine stream influent and production of a concentrated brine stream effluent and a lower salinity diluent stream effluent, wherein said electrodialysis-reversal system has a first process input connected to a demineralization portion of a membrane stack and a second process input connected to a concentrating portion of the membrane stack;
a brine treatment scaling control system in communication with said electrodialysis-reversal system for receipt of said concentrated brine stream effluent and production of a lowered salinity brine stream effluent, wherein said brine treatment scaling control system has a mixing vessel and a filter; and
a brine loop connected to said second process input of said electrodialysis-reversal system to return said lowered salinity brine stream effluent to said electrodialysis-reversal system.

US Pat. No. 10,214,432

METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ONLINE MONITORING OF WATER QUALITY

AQUA-Q AB, Farsta (SE)

1. A method for monitoring quality of water flowing in a pipe, the method comprising:diverting a flow of water from the pipe into a laser particle counter, the laser particle counter continuously counting particles within a particle size interval Sn in the diverted flow of water so as to continuously determine a number cin of particles within the particle size interval per volume of water;
comparing cin with a previously determined reference value crefn for determining the number of particles per volume of water flowing in the pipe;
taking a sample of the water from the pipe when cin exceeds a predetermined threshold value TVAn for more than a predetermined length of time tAn;
diverting a flow of water from the pipe into a filter that separates the flow into a permeate flow and a concentrate flow;
taking a sample of at least one of the permeate flow and the concentrate flow when cin exceeds a predetermined threshold value TVBn for more than a predetermined length of time tBn; and
sending an alarm signal when cin exceeds a predetermined threshold value TVCn for more than a predetermined length of time tCn.

US Pat. No. 10,214,431

SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR UV-LED LIQUID MONITORING AND DISINFECTION

RAYVIO CORPORATION, Hayw...

1. An apparatus for providing water comprises:a water input portion configured to receive untreated water;
a water disinfection portion configured to receive the untreated water and to output treated water for human consumption comprising:
a filtering mechanism configured to reduce chemical impurities in the untreated water;
a UV analysis module configured to determine initial optical properties of the untreated water and to determine treated optical properties of the treated water;
a processing unit coupled to the UV analysis module, wherein the processing unit is configured to determine whether the initial optical properties of the untreated water exceed at least one threshold and to provide an impurity signal in response thereto, and configured to determine UV output parameters in response to the initial optical properties of the untreated water;
a UV disinfection module coupled to the processing unit, wherein the UV disinfection module is configured to provide UV light to the untreated water to reduce biological impurities from the untreated water and to form the treated water in response to the UV output parameters;
a reporting module coupled to the processing unit, wherein the reporting module is configured to output the initial optical properties of the untreated water and the treated optical properties of the treated water to a remote monitoring service.

US Pat. No. 10,214,430

WATER TREATMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD

ISRAEL AEROSPACE INDUSTRI...

1. A method of treatment of feed liquid by a liquid treatment system comprising: at least one liquid treatment module comprising at least one membrane and in communication with a liquid inlet, with a concentrate outlet, and with a permeate outlet; a circulation pump; a high pressure pump which normally maintains a fixed output liquid volume notwithstanding variations in liquid pressure at an outlet of the high pressure pump, the energy consumption of the high pressure pump being a function of the variations in liquid pressure at the outlet of the high pressure pump; and a controller for monitoring the liquid pressure downstream from the high pressure pump and controlling the high pressure pump, the method comprising:pressurizing the feed liquid by employing said high pressure pump and supplying the pressurized feed liquid to said at least one liquid treatment module via said liquid inlet;
circulating a concentrate from said concentrate outlet to said liquid inlet by employing said circulation pump and mixing the pressurized feed liquid with the concentrate, resulting into a mixed liquid;
supplying the mixed liquid to said at least one liquid treatment module via said liquid inlet;
monitoring the liquid pressure downstream from the high pressure pump;
determining, with the controller, that the liquid pressure downstream from the high pressure pump has reached a predetermined high pressure threshold representing exceedance of salinity threshold of the concentrate; and
immediately after said determination, lowering the liquid pressure downstream from the high pressure pump to a level which exceeds an osmotic pressure of the feed liquid, thereby immediately reducing the energy consumption of the high pressure pump.

US Pat. No. 10,214,428

ELECTRODE MATERIALS FOR RECHARGEABLE BATTERY

UCHICAGO ARGONNE, LLC, C...

1. A metal oxide precursor composition useful for preparing an electrode for a lithium electrochemical cell, the precursor composition comprising Nay?Lix?NizMn1-z-z?Mz?Od?, wherein y?+x?>1, 0

US Pat. No. 10,214,427

MOLECULAR SIEVE SSZ-109, ITS SYNTHESIS AND USE

Chevron U.S.A. Inc., San...


US Pat. No. 10,214,425

METHOD FOR PRODUCING SILICON USING MICROWAVE, AND MICROWAVE REDUCTION FURNACE

KAZUHIRO NAGATA, Yokoham...

17. A microwave reduction furnace comprising:a reaction furnace provided with a refractory chamber of silica or silicon carbide for storing a material therein;
a microwave window surrounding the reaction furnace;
a melting furnace top plate supported by the microwave window for covering the refractory chamber so as to prevent a generated gas from escaping;
a supply section for supplying the material into the refractory chamber through the melting furnace top plate, the material being a mixture of a silica powder and a graphite powder or a mixture of the silica powder, a silicon carbide powder and the graphite powder;
a discharge section for discharging molten silicon, obtained through reduction reaction, out of the chamber, said discharge section having a tapping hole, provided at the chamber, through which the molten silicon flows and a weir whose tip is configured to be immersed in the molten silicon to prevent an SiO gas produced in the chamber from leaking out of the chamber;
a microwave unit arranged on an inner surface of a circumferential surface surrounding the refractory chamber for radiating a microwave beam toward a particular point in the refractory chamber; and
a main reflection mirror arranged above the refractory chamber, the main reflection mirror having a paraboloid whose focal point coincides with the particular point and which paraboloid serves as a reflection surface for a microwave,
wherein the SiO gas is produced as an intermediate product through the reduction reaction between the silica powder and the silicon carbide powder and/or the graphite powder, and the SiO gas is allowed to be in contact with the silica powder, graphite powder and/or silicon carbide powder while preventing the SiO gas from escaping out of a housing constructed by the refractory chamber and the melting furnace top plate, thus reducing the silica powder through the reduction reaction, thereby allowing for continuous production of the molten silicon.

US Pat. No. 10,214,424

NANOPOROUS GRAPHENE NANOWIRES AND PRODUCING METHODS AND APPLICATIONS OF SAME

HK GRAPHENE TECHNOLOGY CO...

1. A material, comprising nanoporous graphene nanowires, wherein the nanoporous graphene nanowires are formed by:dissolving a magnesium compound into water to form a solution having a concentration of magnesium ions in a range of about 0.005-10.0 mol/L, and treating the solution to obtain catalysts;
calcining the catalysts at a temperature in a range of about 100-800° C. to form porous catalyst nanowires;
introducing a carbon source to a reactor containing the porous catalyst nanowires at a temperature in a range of about 400-1500° C. to grow graphene on the porous catalyst nanowires, thereby forming a composite thereof; and
obtaining the porous graphene nanowires from the formed composite.

US Pat. No. 10,214,423

PREPARATION OF CARBON NANOTUBE SHELL MATERIALS

SABIC Global Technologies...

1. A method of making a carbon nanotube material, the method comprising:(a) obtaining a carbon-containing polymeric matrix shell having an encapsulated core; and
(b) subjecting the carbon-containing polymeric matrix shell to a graphitization process to form a shell having a carbon nanotube network from the matrix,wherein a carbon nanotube material is obtained that includes a shell having a network of carbon nanotubes and the encapsulated core surrounded by the network of carbon nanotubes; andpartially etching away the encapsulated core surrounded by the network of carbon nanotubes such that encapsulated core fills 1% to 99% of the volume of the void space.

US Pat. No. 10,214,422

INTERLAYER DISTANCE CONTROLLED GRAPHENE, SUPERCAPACITOR AND METHOD OF PRODUCING THE SAME

1. A method of producing an interlayer distance controlled graphene, comprising:dispersing a graphene oxide in a solution by using a surfactant;
forming a reduced graphene oxide by adding a reducing agent into the solution containing the dispersed graphene oxide; and
adding a pillar material, comprising a molecule, that is activated at both corresponding ends by a N2+ group into the solution comprising the reduced graphene oxide to control an interlayer distance of the reduced graphene oxide.

US Pat. No. 10,214,421

PRIMARY AMINE-CONTAINING POLYMERS USEFUL AS SCALE INHIBITORS

Cytec Industries Inc., P...

1. A process for inhibiting scale produced during wet process phosphoric acid production comprising adding a scale inhibiting amount of a reagent comprising a primary amine-containing polymer to at least one stage of a wet process phosphoric acid production process, wherein said primary amine-containing polymer includes one or more organic moieties that reduce the polymer's solubility in an aqueous acidic environment as compared to its native form, thereby reducing or preventing scale in the wet process phosphoric acid production process.

US Pat. No. 10,214,420

METHOD, SYSTEM, AND DEVICE FOR DELIVERY OF PROCESS GAS

RASIRC, Inc., San Diego,...

1. A method comprising:(a) providing a non-aqueous solution comprising a process chemical in a device configured to contain a liquid and a vapor phase, wherein the non-aqueous solution has a vapor phase comprising an amount of anhydrous vapor of the process chemical;
(b) contacting a carrier gas or vacuum with the vapor phase to form a gas stream; and
(c) delivering the gas stream formed in step (b) to a critical process or application,wherein the process chemical is hydrazine or hydrogen peroxide, andwherein at least one membrane is disposed in the device, the membrane being configured to at least partially separate the vapor phase from the non-aqueous solution.

US Pat. No. 10,214,419

GRANULES OR POWDER OF DISULFONYLAMIDE SALT AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING SAME

Nippon Soda Co., Ltd., T...

12. A method for producing granules or powders of claim 1, comprisingadding an ester-based solvent solution comprising a compound of formula [I] to a halogenated hydrocarbon-based solvent:

in the formula [I], R1 and R2 each independently represents a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a fluorine atom, and Y+ represents an alkali metal cation; and
allowing the granules of powders consisting of the compound of formula [I] to crystalize from the ester-based solvent and halogenated hydrocarbon-based solvent,
wherein the modal diameter thereof is 5 ?m to 80 ?m.

US Pat. No. 10,214,418

METHOD FOR CONVERTING BIOMASS INTO FISCHER-TROPSCH PRODUCTS WITH CARBON DIOXIDE RECYCLING

ThermoChem Recovery Inter...

1. A method to convert biomass into Fischer Tropsch products, comprising:(a) steam reforming biomass in the presence of carbon dioxide to generate unconditioned syngas comprising at least hydrogen, carbon monoxide and ammonia;
(b) hydrocarbon reforming the unconditioned syngas with an oxidant source to generate additional hydrogen and carbon monoxide and produce a syngas of improved quality, wherein the oxidant source includes one or more from the group consisting of carbon dioxide, steam, air, and oxygen;
(c) after step (b), cooling the syngas of improved quality;
(d) after step (c), removing at least a portion of the steam from the syngas of improved quality;
(e) after step (d), compressing the syngas of improved quality;
(f) after step (e), removing from the syngas of improved quality, one or more volatile organic compounds from the group consisting of benzene, toluene, phenol, styrene, xylene, and cresol;
(g) after step (f), removing ammonia from the syngas of improved quality, thereby producing an ammonia-depleted syngas of improved quality;
(h) after step (g), removing carbon dioxide from the ammonia-depleted syngas of improved quality, thereby forming an ammonia-and-carbon-dioxide-depleted syngas of improved quality;
(i) recycling a first portion of the removed carbon dioxide for use in step (a);
(j) after step (i), introducing the ammonia-and-carbon-dioxide-depleted syngas of improved quality to a Fischer-Tropsch (FT) catalytic synthesis process and generating Fischer-Tropsch products including at least a Medium Fraction Fischer-Tropsch Liquid (MFFTL) and wax.

US Pat. No. 10,214,417

SOLID HYDROGEN REACTION SYSTEM AND METHOD OF LIBERATION OF HYDROGEN GAS

GE Aviation Systems LLC, ...

1. A solid hydrogen reaction system, comprising:a reactor having a body with a first end and a second end where the second end is wider than the first end and where the body includes a sidewall that defines a reaction chamber that has an increasing cross-sectional area from the first end to the second end;
an inlet disposed at the first end of the body for coupling the reaction chamber to a reactant;
a hydrogen storage solid provided within the reaction chamber;
a set of linear heat rods arranged in an array and provided in the reaction chamber between the hydrogen storage solid and sidewall of the reactor;
insulation layer provided around the body of the reactor exterior of the reaction chamber to prevent heat loss from the reaction chamber; and
a removable cover selectively mountable to the second end for selectively closing the reaction chamber;
wherein the reaction chamber is configured to receive the hydrogen storage solid and receive the reactant or heat introduced at the inlet to the reaction chamber to begin a chemical reaction to liberate hydrogen gas from the hydrogen storage solid.

US Pat. No. 10,214,416

PLANAR CAVITY MEMS AND RELATED STRUCTURES, METHODS OF MANUFACTURE AND DESIGN STRUCTURES

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MA...

1. A Micro-Electro-Mechanical System (MEMS) structure comprising:a moveable beam comprising at least one insulator layer on a lower electrode; and
an upper electrode over the at least one insulator layer,
wherein the lower electrode and the upper electrode are asymmetric or different, and a thickness of one of the lower electrode and the upper electrode with a lower pattern factor is thickened to balance a metal volume of the lower electrode with a metal volume of the upper electrode,
the lower electrode has at least one patterned shape removed to balance the metal volume of the lower electrode with the metal volume of the upper electrode, and
the at least one patterned shape comprises a diamond shape.

US Pat. No. 10,214,415

HYBRID CMOS-MEMS DEVICES ADAPTED FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE OPERATION AND METHOD FOR THEIR MANUFACTURE

1. Apparatus comprising a high-temperature-capable MOS component monolithically integrated with a post-MOS component comprising a suspended piezoelectric aluminum nitride member, wherein:(a) the MOS component comprises:
an MOS integrated circuit formed in a high-temperature-capable substrate, wherein the MOS integrated circuit has one or more levels of refractory metal conductors isolated by an MOS passivation layer of dielectric material;
(b) the post-MOS component comprises:
a structural layer;
a bottom electrode directly overlying the structural layer, wherein the bottom electrode comprises doped silicon carbide, titanium, a titanium/platinum bilayer, a titanium/molybdenum bilayer, or a titanium/titanium nitride bilayer;
a layer of piezoelectric aluminum nitride directly overlying the bottom electrode;
a top electrode directly overlying the layer of piezoelectric aluminum nitride; and
a cavity underlying at least a portion of the piezoelectric aluminum nitride layer, whereby the at least a portion of the piezoelectric aluminum nitride that overlies the cavity constitutes the monolithically integrated, suspended piezoelectric aluminum nitride member;
(c) the apparatus further comprises:
a post-MOS passivation layer of silicon carbide atop the MOS passivation layer and beneath the structural layer;
at least one vertical conductor extending through the layer of piezoelectric aluminum nitride from the top electrode to the structural layer, wherein the vertical conductor has the same composition as at least part of the top electrode; and
at least one bottom-electrode via that passes through the structural layer and through the post-MOS passivation layer, wherein the bottom-electrode via connects the bottom electrode to a refractory metal conductor of the MOS integrated circuit; and
(d) the cavity is bounded from above by material of the structural layer and bounded from below by material of the post-MOS passivation layer.

US Pat. No. 10,214,414

INTEGRATED MEMS SYSTEM

Motion Engine, Inc., Mon...

1. An integrated micro-electro-mechanical (MEMS) system comprising:at least one MEMS chip comprising:
a first cap layer including a first set and a second set of first cap MEMS electrical contacts;
a second cap layer comprising second cap MEMS electrical contacts;
a central MEMS layer located between the first cap layer and the second cap layer;
at least one transducer formed in the first cap layer, the central MEMS layer and the second cap layer, the at least one transducer producing motion or sensing at least one parameter;
first insulated conducting pathways connecting said at least one transducer to the first set of first cap MEMS electrical contacts, the first insulated conducting pathways conducting electrical MEMS signals between said at least one transducer and the first set of the first cap MEMS electrical contacts; and
second insulated conducting pathways connecting the second set of first cap MEMS electrical contacts to at least one of the second cap MEMS electrical contacts, the second insulated conducting pathways extending through the first cap layer, the central MEMS layer, and the second cap layer, for conducting further signals through the MEMS chip; and
at least one signal integrated circuit (IC) chip comprising:
a first set and a second set of IC electrical contacts, the first set of IC electrical contacts being bonded to the first set of first cap MEMS electrical contacts and the second set of IC electrical contacts being bonded to the second set of first cap MEMS electrical contacts;
MEMS signal processing circuitry, operatively connected to the first set of IC electrical contacts, the MEMS signal processing circuitry configured to process the electrical MEMS signals; and
second signal processing circuitry, operatively connected to the second set of IC electrical contacts, the second signal processing circuitry configured to process the further signals.

US Pat. No. 10,214,413

MICRO-ELECTRO-MECHANICAL SYSTEM SENSOR DEVICES

INFINEON TECHNOLOGIES AG,...

21. A micro-electro-mechanical system sensor device comprising:an electrically conductive membrane; and
an electrically conductive closed loop structure arranged in proximity to the membrane and configured to reduce eddy currents in the membrane, wherein the closed loop structure comprises semiconductor material and wherein the membrane comprises semiconductor material, wherein an average doping concentration of the semiconductor material of the closed loop structure is at least five times larger than an average doping concentration of the semiconductor material of the membrane.

US Pat. No. 10,214,412

STIRRUPS FOR HORSEBACK RIDING

ACAVALLO S.R.L., Lonato ...

1. A stirrup for horseback riding,comprising a tread for supporting a foot, the tread comprising lateral ends, and an arched structure which extends from the lateral ends of the tread for connection to a stirrup leather,
said arched structure comprising two stirrup arms,
each of the stirrup arms having a lower end connected to a respective lateral end of the tread and an upper end forming, in a single body with said stirrup arm, a closed annular half-ring lying in a plane substantially orthogonal to a plane in which said arched structure lies, the two closed annular half-rings of said stirrup arms being juxtaposed so as to form a stirrup ring suitable for being crossed by the stirrup leather,
wherein the tread comprises a tread body made by molding and wherein the stirrup arms are screwed to the tread;
wherein two threaded bushings are embedded in the tread body in which attachment screws are screwed to attach the stirrup arms to the tread body,
wherein each of the stirrup arms is formed by molding of plastic materials;
wherein one of the two stirrup arms that is nearest the body of a horse has a smaller width than the other stirrup each of the stirrup arms has a different shape in a vicinity of their respective lower ends; and
wherein each of the stirrup arms has a different breaking point, so as to facilitate extraction of the foot from the stirrup.

US Pat. No. 10,214,410

SELF CALIBRATING FUEL DISPENSING METHOD AND SYSTEM

Brigham Young University,...

1. A method comprising:determining a filled volume change for a shared tank over a selected time interval;
calculating a total fluid flow over the selected time interval as indicated by a plurality of flow meters corresponding to a corresponding plurality of dispensing stations that were active during the selected time interval;
adjusting a first flow meter of the plurality of flow meters proportional to an estimated dispensing error times a first fluid flow indicated by the first flow meter divided by a total fluid flow indicated by the plurality of flow meters; and
wherein the estimated dispensing error is equal to a difference between the filled volume change for the shared tank over the selected time interval and the total fluid flow indicated by the plurality of flow meters.

US Pat. No. 10,214,409

REFRIGERATOR

LG ELECTRONICS INC., Seo...

1. A refrigerator comprising:a main body to define a storage space therein;
a door that opens and closes the storage space;
a first water passage provided in the main body through which water from an external water supply source at a first predetermined temperature flows;
a second water passage provided in the main body and including a water tank that receives water from the external water supply source and stores the water at a second predetermined temperature less than the first predetermined temperature;
a first water valve to regulate a water supply through the first water passage;
a second water valve to regulate a water supply through the second water passage;
a common passage provided within the door and connected to the first water passage and the second water passage;
a water flow sensor to measure a flow rate of water provided at the common passage;
a hot water module provided within the door and including an instantaneous heater to heat the water;
a water supply passage provided within the door and having a first end branched from the common passage and a second end connected to the instantaneous heater;
a first switching valve provided within the door to switch a flow direction of the water passing through the water flow sensor toward the instantaneous heater;
an ice making device provided on the door;
an ice-making passage branched from the common passage;
a second switching valve provided within the door to switch a flow direction of the water that passes through the first switching valve;
a dispensing passage connected to the second switching valve to dispense purified water or cold water;
a water inlet-side temperature sensor to measure a temperature of the water introduced into the instantaneous heater;
a flow control valve to regulate an amount of water supplied to the instantaneous heater;
a hot water discharging valve to control discharge of the water heated by the instantaneous heater;
a hot water dispensing passage through which the heated water discharged from the instantaneous heater is dispensed; and
a controller to control the flow control valve,
wherein the controller regulates the amount of water supplied to the instantaneous heater with reference to a previous flow rate information of the water passing through the water flow sensor and the temperature measured by the water inlet-side temperature sensor, and wherein the previous flow rate information of the water passing through the water flow sensor is stored in a memory, and
wherein when the first water valve is opened, and the first switching valve is switched to allow the water to flow toward the hot water module, the water at the first predetermined temperature is supplied to the hot water module, and the heated water is dispensed from the hot water dispensing passage.

US Pat. No. 10,214,408

DRINK-DISPENSING DEVICE, CONTROL SYSTEM, AND DRINK-DISPENSING METHOD

NDMAC SYSTEMS, Pluguffan...

1. A liquid-dispensing device forming a table comprising:a body (10);
a plate (17), the plate (17) being removably mounted on a top of the body (10);
three casks (11) disposed in the body (10), each cask containing a liquid to be dispensed, each cask comprising a shell inside which a pouch made of a flexible material and containing the liquid is positioned;
a plurality of liquid-dispensing taps (15), each of the liquid-dispensing taps (15) being connected to a corresponding one of the three liquid-dispensing taps (15), each of the liquid-dispensing taps (15) being located above the plate (17);
a draft circuit (24) for each cask (11), each draft circuit (24) connecting one of the casks (11) and the corresponding one of the three liquid-dispensing taps (15); and
a cooling system (12) for cooling each draft circuit, the cooling system (12) being disposed between each cask (11) the corresponding one of the three liquid-dispensing taps (15), the cooling system (12) further comprising an evaporator having i) a first arcuate evaporator element extending vertically in the body (10) with a concave surface of the first arcuate evaporator element located adjacent a first one of the casks (11), ii) a second arcuate evaporator element extending vertically in the body (10) with a concave surface of the second arcuate evaporator element located adjacent a second one of the casks (11), and iii) a third arcuate evaporator element extending vertically in the body (10) with a concave surface of the third arcuate evaporator element located adjacent a third one of the casks (11), wherein a convex surface of the first arcuate evaporator element is adjacent a convex surface of the second arcuate evaporator element and adjacent a convex surface of the third arcuate evaporator element, a convex surface of the second arcuate evaporator element is adjacent a convex surface of the first arcuate evaporator element and adjacent a convex surface of the third arcuate evaporator element, and a convex surface of the third arcuate evaporator element is adjacent a convex surface of the first arcuate evaporator element and adjacent a convex surface of the second arcuate evaporator,
a pressurized draft system (13) connected to the cases for drawing the liquid from each cask (11), said draft system (13) comprising, for each cask (11), a solenoid valve (25) positioned in each draft circuit (24) between the one cask and the corresponding one tap, the solenoid valve (25) controlling an exit of the liquid from the one cask;
a management system (14) operatively connected to each solenoid valve (25), the management system (14) for managing the device and adapted to control the dispensing of liquids by opening or closing each solenoid valve (25), said management system (14) being connected, via a connection, to a database (37); and
a control unit (16) situated on the plate and operatively connected to the management system (14) for interacting with the management system (14) adapted to interface with the function controlling the dispensing of liquids, the control unit comprising a screen.

US Pat. No. 10,214,407

SYSTEMS FOR COOLING HOT-FILLED CONTAINERS

GRAHAM PACKAGING COMPANY,...

1. A system for processing plastic containers, comprising:a hot-filling station to hot-fill a plurality of plastic containers with a product;
a capping station to cap the hot-filled plastic containers; and
a cooling station to cool the plurality of hot-filled and capped plastic containers from a hot state to a predetermined warm state, each of the plastic containers being positioned in a respective container holder,
wherein each of said container holders includes:
at least one sidewall forming an inner volume, a first open end, and a second open end, the at least one sidewall including at least one opening defined therein to allow fluid to transfer between the inner volume and outside the inner volume;
a support structure to support a plastic container positioned thereon, the support structure being formed in one piece with the at least one sidewall at the second open end, so as to extend from the at least one sidewall into the inner volume; and
spacing members formed in one piece with the sidewall to space apart from the at least one sidewall the plastic container placed in the inner volume, wherein each spacing member is formed as a fin and includes an upper portion, a bottom portion, and at least one horizontally-extending protruding portion formed between and spaced from the upper portion and the bottom portion, wherein the at least one horizontally-extending protruding portion is facing the support structure and is configured to prevent a container placed in the inner volume from being removed from the inner volume.

US Pat. No. 10,214,406

MULTI-CONTAINER FILLING MACHINE, VALVES, AND RELATED TECHNOLOGIES

ABC FILLERS, INC., Ipswi...

1. An apparatus for filling containers with fluid, the apparatus comprising:a filling head having a fluid holding area;
at least one multi-container filling nozzle connected to the filling head, wherein at least two containers with differently-sized openings are fillable with a quantity of fluid from the fluid holding area without changing the at least one multi-container filling nozzle;
a valve located above the at least one multi-container filling nozzle, the valve having a valve stem, wherein the valve stem extends through the at least one multi-container filling nozzle and has a terminating end located above a lowermost point of the at least one multi-container filling nozzle; and
a laminar flow nozzle located at the terminating end of the valve stem, wherein fluid flowing through the at least one multi-container filling nozzle contacts the laminar flow nozzle and is radially directed to a sidewall of the container at an immediate opening of the container.

US Pat. No. 10,214,405

METHOD AND FILLING MACHINE FOR FILLING BOTTLES WITH A LIQUID FILLING MATERIAL

KHS GmbH, Dortmund (DE)

1. A method for filling a container with a liquid filling-material that is obtained from an annular tank, said method comprising using a filling system that comprises a filling element, a liquid valve, and a probe, wherein said container is held tightly against said filling element during filling, wherein said liquid valve is configured for controlled introduction of said liquid filling-material into said container, wherein, during filling, said probe extends into said container, wherein said probe comprises a probe opening that leads into a probe channel, and wherein said probe opening is used in connection with determining a fill level, said method comprising using said filling system to execute a filling phase, and using said filling system to execute a fill-level correction phase, wherein using said filling system to execute said filling phase comprises overfilling said container, wherein using said filling system to execute said fill-level correction phase comprises removing a quantity of liquid filling-material from said container,—said quantity being selected to cause a level of filling material level in said container to reach a target level, wherein overfilling said container comprises controlling said liquid valve so as to cause said filling material level in said container to rise above said probe opening, wherein removing said quantity comprises returning said quantity to said annular tank, wherein returning said quantity comprises causing said quantity to pass through said probe opening and to flow through said probe channel toward said annular tank until the level of said liquid filling-material falls below said probe, wherein causing said quantity of liquid filling-material to pass through said probe opening and causing said quantity of liquid filling-material to flow through said probe channel toward said annular tank until said probe opening is outside said liquid filling-material comprises selecting and using a method from the group consisting of a suction method and an overpressure method, wherein said suction method comprises using said probe to suck said liquid filling-material from said container while simultaneously venting a headspace of said container by supplying said headspace with air, wherein said air is filtered ambient air, and wherein said overpressure method comprises subjecting a headspace of said container to an overpressure resulting from air, wherein said air is filtered ambient air.

US Pat. No. 10,214,404

TEST TUBE CAPPING AND DE-CAPPING APPARATUS

1. A capping and de-capping apparatus for capping and de-capping capable tubes disposed in a rack with a two dimensional array of apertures for holding said tubes, said apparatus comprising:a rack support for supporting said rack,
a head unit supporting a two-dimensional array of capping and de-capping grippers, each capping and de-capping gripper including a capping and de-capping socket unit configured to engage and retain a cap, said capping and de-capping grippers being aligned with tube apertures defined by the array in said rack,
a drive mechanism configured to move the rack support and head unit relatively towards and away from one another, to cause engagement or disengagement of capping and de-capping socket units with or from caps of tubes; and
a drive system configured to rotate capping and de-capping grippers and the capping and de-capping socket units attached thereto, wherein rotation of the capping and de-capping socket units, after engagement of capping and de-capping socket units with caps, causes attachment of the caps to the tubes within the rack when the capping and de-capping grippers rotate in one direction and causes detachment of the caps from the tubes when the capping and de-capping grippers rotate in the opposite direction; and wherein
each capping and de-capping gripper has a throughgoing passage extending through the capping and de-capping gripper and the capping and de-capping socket unit attached thereto,
an ejector pin is moveably arranged within said throughgoing passage;
and wherein said ejector pin is configured to perform a translational movement relative to the at least one capping and de-capping gripper and capping and de-capping socket unit attached to said gripper, thereby contacting the cap retained in the socket unit to eject the cap from the socket unit, effecting a release of a cap retained within the capping and de-capping socket unit; and
the drive system includes an actuator attached to each ejector pin at an end of the capping and de-capping gripper opposite to the socket unit to impart rotary motion to each ejector pin about its longitudinal axis, the ejector pin imparting rotational movement to the capping and de-capping socket unit attached to said gripper
wherein the capping and de-capping gripper comprises an ejector pin guide also having a throughgoing passage,
wherein said socket unit and said ejector pin guide are so aligned that when said socket unit is attached to said guide, said ejector pin can perform the translational movement within the said guide and said socket unit;
the ejector pin transferring the rotational movement through said ejector pin guide or to said capping and de-capping socket unit.

US Pat. No. 10,214,403

WIRELESS VEHICLE LIFT SYSTEM WITH ENHANCED ELECTRONIC CONTROLS

Gray Manufacturing Compan...

1. A wireless portable vehicle lift system comprising:a plurality of substantially identical individual lifts; and
a remote control configured to be removably attached to at least one of said individual lifts,
wherein, when said remote control is attached to said at least one of said individual lifts, wired communication is permitted between said remote control and said at least one of said individual lifts,
wherein each individual lift comprises—
a base for supporting said individual lift on a floor or the ground,
a post rigidly coupled to said base and extending upwardly from said base,
a carriage configured to engage a wheel of a vehicle,
a lifting actuator for vertically shifting said carriage relative to said post,
a height sensor,
a weight sensor,
a rechargeable battery,
a battery charger,
an e-stop button,
a user interface including a display screen and one or more function buttons,
an interface microprocessor configured to process information related to said user interface,
a primary circuit board comprising a control microprocessor,
a memory, and
a radio frequency transceiver,
wherein said control microprocessor and said interface microprocessor are configured to communicate with one another, perform distinct tasks, operate in parallel, and share said memory,
wherein said lift system is configured to perform coordinated lifting and lowering of said vehicle with no master or slave relationship between said individual lifts of said lift system.

US Pat. No. 10,214,402

PERSONNEL LIFT VEHICLE

BIG LIFT, LLC, Lombard, ...

1. A personnel lift vehicle comprising: a carriage, a telescoping lift and a load carrying frame;the carriage further comprising a front portion and a rear portion;
the telescoping lift being connected to and located at the rear portion of the carriage;
the load carrying frame being connected to and forward of the telescoping lift;
the load carrying frame further comprising a bottom portion that provides an operator platform that is disposed forward of the telescoping lift and located at a central portion of the carriage between the front and rear portions, with the operator platform further comprising an entry to and exit from at least one lateral side thereof;
at least one operator vehicle control located forward of the telescoping lift;
a load carrying platform being connected to and extending forward from the load carrying frame at a height above the operator platform;
the front portion of the carriage having a single front wheel centered laterally relative to the carriage and being rotatably connected to the front portion, and the rear portion of the carriage having at least two wheels rotatably connected thereto;
the front portion of the carriage being forward of the operator platform and including an electric drive motor forward of a battery that powers the electric drive motor, wherein the electric drive motor drives the carriage by rotating the single front wheel forward and backward, and wherein an electric steering motor is forward of the battery and is connected to and directionally steers the single front wheel to steer the carriage; and
wherein inherent counterweighting is provided by having the electric drive motor, electric steering motor and battery located at the front portion and the telescoping lift located at the rear portion, with the operator platform disposed therebetween.

US Pat. No. 10,214,401

MODULAR POWERED MOVER ATTACHMENT

THE BOEING COMPANY, Chic...

1. An apparatus for moving a load, comprising:a pair of channels arranged in a spaced apart manner and arranged to receive forks of a powered mover;
a mounting plate disposed between the channels;
a receiver channel mounted to the mounting plate and oriented in a first direction;
a plurality of load support tools, wherein each load support tool includes an adaptor configured to be interchangably inserted in the receiver channel, wherein each of the plurality of load support tools includes a different end effector for engaging a different load; and
a plurality of storage receiver channels oriented in one or more second directions that are substantially perpendicular to the first direction, wherein the storage receiver channels are arranged on at least one of the pair of channels and the mounting plate, wherein the storage receiver channels are configured to store the plurality of load support tools when the load support tools are located outside of the receiver channel.

US Pat. No. 10,214,399

TILT-SAFE, HIGH-CAPACITY, BOTTLE JACK SYSTEM AND METHOD

1. An apparatus comprising:a base;
a containment vessel sealed to the base;
a cylinder within the containment vessel;
a piston operably engaging the cylinder to move with respect thereto in response to hydraulic pressure therein, the piston being hollow and defining an annulus forming an upper end thereof;
a set of risers shaped to stack in combination with one another as extensions of the annulus of the piston prior to extension of the piston from the cylinder;
a pump connected between the cylinder and the containment vessel;
a system of valves controlling movement of a hydraulic fluid between the containment vessel, the pump, and the cylinder;
a head having a shoulder positionable in direct contact with the annulus to operate therewith as the load path from the head to the piston; and
a shaft fitted to ride inside the piston, retained therein exclusively by gravity, unloaded in a vertical direction, and integrated with the head to resist lateral motion thereof with respect to the piston, and to be positionable within the piston and selectively removable therefrom by direct axial motion without rotation and without tools.

US Pat. No. 10,214,398

LISHANSKI VIBRATING TRANSPORT DEVICE AND ASSOCIATED METHOD FOR MOVEMENT OF OBJECTS ON VERTICAL, HORIZONTAL AND INCLINED BASIC SURFACES

1. A transport device comprising:a platform including a first portion and a second portion, the second portion including a hole extending therethrough;
a vibration generator disposed on the first portion;
a ballast removably disposed on the first portion;
a support structure extending through the hole in the second portion and frictionally engaged with edges of the hole; and
a first braking mechanism disposed on the second portion and engageable with the support structure opposite the first portion, wherein the support structure does not move with the platform and ballast supported on the first portion of the platform as the platform and ballast are moved during operation of the vibration generator.

US Pat. No. 10,214,397

DEVICE FOR FINE ADJUSTMENT OF THE COUNTERWEIGHT OF A TELESCOPIC FILMING CRANE

1. A filming crane of a type having a telescoping mechanism comprising:a main tube and a telescoping first tube which can be extended and retracted within said main tube,
a fulcrum supporting the main tube,
a primary counterweight platform supporting a movable counterweight for compensating for extension and retraction of the telescoping mechanism,
a mechanism for adjusting a position of the movable counterweight relative to the main tube to balance the crane during extension and retraction, and the mechanism for adjusting the position of the movable counterweight including a fine adjustment device, and the fine adjustment device comprising:
a secondary counterweight platform which is movable with respect to the primary counterweight platform, and
a motor for moving the secondary platform with respect to the primary counterweight platform,
a controller for controlling said motor so as to finely adjust the position of the movable counterweight and thus maintain balance of the crane about its fulcrum for different extension positions of the first tube relative to the main tube, and
storing means for storing a plurality of pairs of positions of calibration of the fine adjustment device,
wherein each starting point of the first tube relative to the main tube corresponds with a positioning point of said secondary counterweight platform.

US Pat. No. 10,214,396

DEVICE FOR DETERMINING THE REPLACEMENT STATE OR WEAR OF A ROPE DURING USE IN LIFTING GEAR

Liebherr-Components Biber...

1. A device to determine a discard state of a rope in use on lifting gears, comprising:a rope utilization detector to detect at least one rope utilization parameter influencing the discard state of the rope, and
an evaluation unit to evaluate the at least one rope utilization parameter and to provide a discard signal based on the evaluation of the rope utilization parameter,
wherein the rope utilization detector includes at least one detection component to detect the at least one rope utilization parameter, and wherein the rope utilization parameter includes at least one of a weather and a climate-based parameter prevailing at one or more lifting gears and
wherein the detection component comprises a UV radiation sensor to determine an amount of UV radiation acting on the rope, wherein the UV radiation sensor comprises a radiation dosimeter.

US Pat. No. 10,214,395

GANTRY ASSEMBLY AND A SYSTEM FOR REPLACING SINGLE OR DOUBLE RAILWAY BRIDGES

1. A gantry assembly for replacing at least one span of a single or a double railway bridge, said gantry assembly comprising:a main beam extending between a first end and a second end;
a plurality of legs including a pair of first legs and a pair of second legs disposed spaced from one another and attached to said main beam for straddling the bridge;
a pair of first trolleys slidably attached to said main beam for movement along said main beam between said first end and said second end;
a first girder attached to each one of said first trolleys and extending outwardly from said first trolleys for movement with said first trolleys along said main beam;
said first girder including a pair of posts including a first post and a second post spaced from one another with said main beam being disposed between said posts and said first post being attached to said first girder and extending outwardly from said first girder and parallel to said legs to a first distal end for engaging the bridge; and
said second post being slidably attached to said first girder and extending outwardly from said first girder1 parallel to said first post to a second distal end with said second post being movable along said first girder toward and away from said main beam allowing said gantry assembly to have different widths to accommodate for the single or the double railway bridge.

US Pat. No. 10,214,394

HOOK WITH LATCH AND TRIGGER MECHANISM ASSEMBLY

The Crosby Group LLC, Tu...

1. A hook with locking latch and trigger mechanism assembly, which assembly comprises:a hook having a body and an open saddle;
a latch pivotable between a closed position and an open position;
a finger handle extending from said body;
a finger trigger within a space formed between said finger handle and said body, said trigger movable between a rest position and a retracted position permitting movement of said latch to said open position; and
an elongated activating pin attached to said finger trigger, wherein said latch includes a recess and said activating pin activates a wedge lock to engage said recess in said latch and wherein said wedge lock is pivotally attached to said hook body with a pivot pin.

US Pat. No. 10,214,393

LIFTING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF USE

Safety Products Engineeri...

1. A method of lifting a piece of material, the method comprising:selecting a bolt assembly having a bolt having a shaft and a nut assembly having a nut, and a tether having a first end and a second end, the first end of the tether attached to the bolt assembly and the second end of the tether attached to the nut assembly;
positioning the piece of material on the shaft of the bolt and screwing the nut onto the bolt while the nut assembly remains attached to the second end of the tether and the bolt assembly remains attached to the first end of the tether.

US Pat. No. 10,214,392

AUTOMATED RECEPTOR SYSTEM

Siemens Aktiengesellschaf...

1. An automated receptor system of a sling-receiving element for gripping a connection device of a sling of a blade gripping device for gripping a rotor blade of a wind turbine, which automated receptor system comprises:a receptor for connecting the connection device to the sling-receiving element,
a drive system for pivoting the receptor for coupling the connection device to the sling-receiving element and for decoupling the connection device from the sling-receiving element, and
a receptor locking system, wherein the receptor locking system is based on electromagnetic power and mechanical power, wherein, in case the receptor tries to open more, a crank and the receptor abut, which results in locking the receptor from further rotating.

US Pat. No. 10,214,391

SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MONITORING HANDRAIL ENTRANCE OF PASSENGER CONVEYOR

OTIS ELEVATOR COMPANY, F...

1. A handrail entry monitoring system of a passenger conveyor, comprising:an imaging sensor and/or a depth sensing sensor configured to sense at least part of a handrail entry region of the passenger conveyor to acquire a data frame; and
a processing apparatus configured to analyze the data frame to monitor whether a handrail entry of the operating passenger conveyor is in a normal state or an abnormal state, wherein the normal state refers to that no foreign matter is about to enter or is already at least partially in a dangerous region of the handrail entry, and the abnormal state refers to that a foreign matter is about to enter or is already at least partially in the dangerous region of the handrail entry;
wherein the processing apparatus further comprises:
a background acquisition module configured to acquire a background model based on a data frame sensed when the handrail entry of the passenger conveyor is in the normal state;
a foreground detection module configured to compare a data frame sensed in real time with the background model to obtain a foreground object;
a foreground feature extraction module configured to extract a corresponding position feature from the foreground object; and
a state judgment module configured to judge, at least based on the position feature, whether the foreground object is in the dangerous region of the handrail entry, and determine, when the judgment result is “yes”, that the handrail entry is in the abnormal state.

US Pat. No. 10,214,390

PASSENGER CONVEYOR

Mitsubishi Electric Corpo...

1. A passenger conveyor comprising:first and second guide rails;
a plurality of steps that are guided by the first and second guide rails while moving;
endless step chains that link the plurality of steps; and
step sprocket wheels around which the step chains are wound,
wherein:
each of the steps comprises:
a step main body;
first shafts that are disposed on the step main body;
first step rollers that are disposed on the first shafts, and that are guided by the first guide rails;
second shafts that are disposed on the step main body, and that are parallel to the first shafts; and
second step rollers that are disposed on the second shafts, and that are guided by the second guide rails;
the first shafts move along endless first pathways;
the second shafts move along endless second pathways;
the second pathways are positioned inside the first pathways when viewed parallel to shaft axes of the first and second shafts; and
the step chains link each of the steps by joining the second shafts of each of the steps, and are disposed within a range of the step main body in an axial direction of the first shafts.

US Pat. No. 10,214,389

DRIVE CHAIN AND DRIVE CHAIN MECHANISM AND CONVEYOR COMPRISING SUCH A DRIVE CHAIN MECHANISM

OTIS ELEVATOR COMPANY, F...

1. Drive chain for a chain drive comprising a plurality of chain links and joints connecting two of the chain links forming the drive chain, respectively, whereinthe drive chain further comprises a plurality of carrier units, each of said carrier units being linked to one of the chain links or joints and supporting at least two engagement elements, which are configured for engagement with an appropriate turnaround element for driving the drive chain.

US Pat. No. 10,214,388

ROPE STORAGE UNIT, A METHOD FOR INSTALLING ELEVATOR AND A METHOD FOR FABRICATING ROPE STORAGE UNIT

KONE CORPORATION, Helsin...

1. A rope storage unit, comprisinga rope reel, formed by a rope wound in a spiral form; and
a support body provided with an inner space inside which the rope reel is positioned and supported by the support body,
wherein the rope is a rod having a straight form when in rest state, elastically bendable away from the straight form and self-reversible back to the straight form from a bent form, the rope being under substantial bending tension in said spiral form, and wherein the support body comprises:
a plurality of support members delimiting said inner space and surrounding radially said rope reel, the outer rim of the rope reel radially compressing against said one or more support members as an effect of said bending tension, and each of the plurality of support members is spaced apart from each immediately adjacent support member thereof,
wherein each of the support members is made of a fiber board member bent into curved shape with an arc conforming to the outer rim of the rope reel.

US Pat. No. 10,214,387

MAGNETIC ELEVATOR DRIVE MEMBER AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURE

OTIS ELEVATOR COMPANY, F...

1. A method of making a magnetic drive component, the method comprising:inserting a plurality of metal teeth into a metal tube, the teeth respectively having a first portion received adjacent an inner surface of the tube, the teeth respectively having a second portion and a third portion spaced apart and projecting toward a center of the tube; and
securing the plurality of teeth to the tube.

US Pat. No. 10,214,385

ELEVATOR BRAKE WEDGE

OTIS ELEVATOR COMPANY, F...

1. An elevator brake wedge, comprising:an elongate body having first and second generally opposed major surfaces and first and second generally opposed minor surfaces,
the second minor surface having a greater length than the first minor surface,
each of the first and second major surfaces extending between corresponding first and second ends of the first and second minor surfaces, respectively, and
the second major surface defining low-friction film securing grooves extending from a plane of the second major surface into the elongate body,
wherein each of the low-friction film securing grooves has an elongate shape and is elongate in a dimension extending into the elongate body from a plane of the second major surface and comprises:
an axial end wall defining an end wall plane transversely oriented relative to the plane of the second major surface and comprising opposite first and second end wall ends;
a major sidewall which is longer than the axial end wall and which extends from the plane of the second major surface to the first end wall end; and
a minor sidewall which is parallel with and shorter than the major sidewall and which extends from the plane of the second major surface to the second end wall end.

US Pat. No. 10,214,384

METHOD FOR OPERATING AN ELEVATOR SAFETY SYSTEM WITH TEMPORARY PARTICIPANTS

INVENTIO AG, Hergiswil N...

1. A method for operating a safety system of an elevator system including a control unit, a bus, a plurality of bus nodes connected to the control unit via the bus, and a plurality of participants connected to the control unit via the bus nodes, wherein at least one of the participants is designed as a temporary participant, comprising the steps of:designating one of the participants as a first temporary participant;
designating another one of the participants as a second temporary participant; and
releasing the safety system for operation by the control unit, if either the first temporary participant or the second temporary participant is connected to the bus.

US Pat. No. 10,214,383

METHOD AND DEVICE FOR COMMISSIONING AN ELEVATOR SYSTEM

INVENTIO AG, Hergiswil (...

1. A method for commissioning an elevator system, the system including a control unit, a bus, and a plurality of bus nodes, which, through the bus, are connected with the control unit, wherein the method comprises the following steps:registering by the control unit for each bus node node-specific data detected by the control unit;
comparing the node-specific data that are registered for each of the bus nodes with data of a participant list using the control unit; and
for deviations between the data of the participant list and the registered node-specific data, issuing from the control unit a message to an operator.

US Pat. No. 10,214,382

DISK DAMPING DEVICE

OTIS ELEVATOR COMPANY, F...

1. An elevator brake disk assembly, comprising:a brake disk which is keyed to and rotatable with a shaft of an elevator machine;
a machine frame; and
dampers which are respectively anchored to the machine frame and biased to symmetrically hold the brake disk during rotations thereof,
wherein each of the dampers comprises:
a base;
an elastic member coupled at a first end thereof to a first side of the base and at a second end thereof, which is opposite the first end, to the machine frame;
a roller which is coupled to a second side of the base adjacent to the first side and which is rotatable with the brake disk relative to the base; and
a roller bearing by which the roller and the second side of the base are coupled.

US Pat. No. 10,214,381

ELEVATOR SYSTEM, BRAKE SYSTEM FOR AN ELEVATOR SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING A BRAKE SYSTEM OF AN ELEVATOR SYSTEM

INVENTIO AG, Hergiswil (...

1. An elevator system including an elevator car, an elevator drive and a support means, wherein the elevator car is moved in an elevator shaft by the elevator drive via the support means, comprising:a car braking unit for braking the elevator car;
a drive braking unit for braking the elevator drive; and
a brake control unit for controlling the car braking unit and the drive braking unit, wherein the brake control unit controls the car braking unit and the drive braking unit for joint actuation so that the car braking unit and the drive braking unit are actuated jointly and together as a redundantly operating brake system.

US Pat. No. 10,214,380

BUCKET REEL DEVICE

Plews, Inc., Dixon, IL (...

1. A device for the coiling, storage and payout of cable, hose, cord and wire, said device comprising:a bucket comprising a storage space defined by a round bucket bottom, a peripheral wall cylindrically extending from said round bucket bottom and terminating in a round open top, said bucket further characterized as having a bucket longitudinal axis passing through its geometric center;
a spool comprising a substantially cylindrical core, spaced apart top and bottom flanges and a spool longitudinal axis passing through its geometric center;
a nub extending between said bottom flange and said bucket bottom at said spool and bucket longitudinal axes;
said bucket further comprising an opening in said peripheral wall sized to accommodate passage of said cable, hose, cord and wire, said opening having elongated sides extending longitudinally and substantially parallel to said bucket longitudinal axis extending approximately the distance between said top and bottom flanges and relatively low friction contour rails positioned along said elongated sides;
a handle secured to said top flange;
wherein when said spool is confined within said storage space, said bottom flange is spaced from said bucket bottom by said nub, said bucket longitudinal axis aligns with said spool longitudinal axis and said handle extends toward said round open top and when cable, hose, cord or wire is withdrawn from said cylindrical core through said opening, said bottom flange remains spaced from said bucket bottom by said nub wherein said top and bottom flanges are sized with respect to said storage space such that when said cable, hose, cord and wire are withdrawn from said spool through said opening in said peripheral wall, no portion of said bottom flange comes into contact with said round bucket bottom.